Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Instruments & Supplies / Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.

hrc · NYSE Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker hrc
Exchange NYSE
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Instruments & Supplies
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
To Our Fellow Shareholders, 
Associates and Customers

INTRODUCTION

2020 was an extraordinary and historic year for Hillrom 
and the world at large. 

Before sharing with you my perspective on the 
performance of our business, please join me in 
thanking our more than 10,000 associates around the 
world. Whether in our manufacturing facilities or in 
our Field Service centers, in hospitals or at home, our 
team members performed brilliantly throughout the 
pandemic – work that continues in 2021. 

Their collaboration, their unified focus on patients and 
their caregivers, brought a level of vitality to our vision 
and mission that is humbling, and are an enormous 
source of pride to me and to my leadership team. 

"

Our employees collaboration, 
their unified focus on patients 
and their caregivers, brought 
a level of vitality to our vision 
and mission that is humbling, 
and are an enormous source 
of pride to me and to my 
leadership team. 

To all of my Hillrom colleagues the world over – 
you have my deepest appreciation. Thank you.

"

FISCAL 2020 
CEO letter

John P. Groetelaars 
President and Chief Executive Officer

2020 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Over the past several years, we have significantly 
diversified our business, strengthening our business 
model with enhanced value propositions, and 
improving our durable growth profile through R&D 
and deployment of capital into M&A. Our continued 
balanced approach towards growth and investment 
has led to an exciting and compelling transformation. 

Our strategy, long-term fundamentals, growth 
prospects and investment thesis remain intact. And 
despite challenging circumstances posed by the 
pandemic, Hillrom's overall financial performance has 
been strong. 

ABOUT HILLROMHillrom is a global medical technology leader whose 10,000 employees have a single purpose: enhancing outcomes for patients and their caregivers by advancing connected care. Around the world, our innovations touch over 7 million patients each day. They help enable earlier diagnosis and treatment, optimize surgical efficiency and accelerate patient recovery while simplifying clinical communication and shifting care closer to home. We make these outcomes possible through connected smart beds, patient lifts, patient assessment and monitoring technologies, caregiver collaboration tools, respiratory care devices, advanced operating room equipment and more, delivering actionable, real-time insights at the point of care. Learn more at hillrom.com.For more information, please contact your local distributor or Hillrom sales representative at 1-800-535-6663.hillrom.com 130 E. Randolph St. Suite 1000, Chicago, IL 60601Hill-Rom reserves the right to make changes without notice in design, specifications and models. The only warranty Hill-Rom makes is the express written warranty extended on the sale or rental of its products.© 2019 Hill-Rom Services, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.  XXXXXX rev X  DD-MMM-20XX  ENG – US2020 FINANCIAL  
HIGHLIGHTS CONTINUED

Revenue

For fiscal 2020, worldwide revenue of $2.88 
billion, including more than $570 million in 
new product revenue, declined 1 percent 
on a reported and constant currency basis. 
Hillrom’s core revenue  advanced 3 percent 
for the year, including contributions from 
acquisitions of approximately 200 basis 
points and approximately $180 million from  
one-time COVID-related purchases. 

Earnings Per Share 

Hillrom reported GAAP earnings of $3.32 
per diluted share in fiscal 2020 compared 
to $2.25 per diluted share for fiscal 2019. 
Adjusted earnings of $5.53 per diluted share 
advanced 14% after adjusting for the 2019 
divestiture of our surgical consumables 
business, and exceeded the company’s 
projection of at least $5.40 per diluted share. 
We are proud we have delivered this level of 
performance.

Cash Flow

Cash flow from operations for fiscal 2020 
was $482 million, reflecting an improvement 
of $81 million versus the prior year, a 20% 
increase. Capital expenditures totaled $106 
million, resulting in free cash flow of $376 
million, a 15% increase compared to 2019. 
Our debt-to-EBITDA ratio at the end of 
September was 2.9x, and we returned $129 
million to shareholders through dividends 
and share repurchases during fiscal 2020.

1 Core revenue excludes foreign currency, 
divestitures, non-strategic assets the company 
exited and the Surgical Solutions international 
OEM business.

Synclara™ Cough System

2020 HIGHLIGHTS

Hillrom achieved significant milestones in 2020 aimed at realizing our 
vision of Advancing Connected Care™, transforming the portfolio 
through innovation and M&A, and delivering sustainable value to 
shareholders. Highlights include:

 . Advancing category leadership with more than $570 million in new 

product revenue during fiscal 2020. Contributing to this perfor-
mance were several innovative products, including the company’s 
portfolio of smart beds, vital signs monitoring devices, respiratory 
and vision products, as well as Integrated Table Motion. 

 . Playing a critical role in the global fight against COVID-19 and 

significantly increasing manufacturing capacity to meet elevated 
demand for select products, including med-surg and ICU hospital 
beds, non-invasive ventilators, patient monitoring devices, and cer-
tain physical assessment tools and consumables. 

 . Rapidly developing and introducing more than a half-dozen new 

products, many used in support of COVID-19 treatment, in the 
areas of care communications, remote monitoring, respiratory 
health and surgical workflow. These products expand the compa-
ny’s diverse portfolio and include the following: Voalte® Extend™, a 
simplified mobile communication platform that enables patient to 
caregiver communication; the Extended Care Solution™, a con-
nected remote vital signs monitoring device that allows clinicians to 
shift care closer to home; the Welch Allyn® Spot Vital Signs® 4400 

next generation vital signs device, which allows clinicians  
to remotely receive a complete set of vitals, including SPO2,  
temperature and blood pressure; two new respiratory devices:  
Volara™ System for oscillation and lung expansion therapy for use 
in both the acute and home settings, and Synclara™ cough system 
to help clear mucus from upper airways; and the PST 500, a preci-
sion surgical table that streamlines workflow in the operating room.

 . Enhancing the company’s portfolio of connected care solutions 

with three acquisitions, Excel Medical Electronics LLC, Connecta 
Soft, and Videomed S.r.l, bringing advanced, actionable point-of-
care data to caregivers and healthcare provider organizations. 

 . Generating operating cash flow for the year of $482 million, 

reducing debt by $147 million, and delivering significant value to 
shareholders through increased dividends and share repurchases. 
During fiscal 2020, Hillrom raised its dividend for the tenth con-
secutive year and returned $129 million to shareholders through 
dividends and share repurchases. The company’s strong financial 
position is supported by a healthy balance sheet, including $297 
million in cash and cash equivalents, and revolving credit facilities 
totaling $1.2 billion that can be used to address capital needs as 
necessary. 

 . Demonstrating commitment and support of local, national and 

international communities with both monetary and product do-
nations totaling more than $6.5 million, including medical devices 
well-suited for critical and intensive care environments to 25 U.S. 
hospitals fighting COVID-19. 

Ecovadis Gold 
Award for  
Sustainable  
Procurement

Great Place  
To Work®

DiversityInc  
Noteworthy 
Company

 . Promoting excellence in the workplace and commitment to diver-

sity, inclusion and belonging initiatives as the recipient of multiple 
awards and recognitions, including the Ecovadis Gold Award for 
Sustainable Procurement, Great Place To Work® certification in 
France and Mexico, and DiversityInc Noteworthy Company. Hillrom 
also extended gender diversity in the boardroom, bringing women 
representation to 36 percent of the company’s board of directors. 

Voalte® Extend™

Welch Allyn® Spot Vital 
Signs® 4400

Volara™ System 

PST 500

LONG-TERM OUTLOOK

This pandemic has demonstrated that our strong, 
diversified portfolio provides us with unique solutions 
and capabilities to tackle accelerated transformation 
in the global health care environment. Hillrom is very 
well positioned to benefit from these new trends in 
2021 and into the future, and with fiscal 2021 well 
underway, we are observing signs of improved trends 
as the economic recovery progresses and countries 
the world over begin vaccine distribution.

I am confident that as we cycle through difficult 
comparisons from 2020 and with fiscal 2021 as a new 
baseline, we are well positioned to deliver on both our 
long-term aspirations and growth objectives in a post-
COVID world.

CONCLUSION

As I reflect on the progress of our business transformation, 
I am extremely proud of what we have accomplished. Our 
global Hillrom team has continuously displayed a winning 
spirit, and has risen to the challenges posed by the pandemic. 

"

Our mission has never been more 
vital: every day, around the world,  
we enhance outcomes for patients 
and their caregivers.

"

Our mission has never been more vital: every day, around the 
world, we enhance outcomes for patients and their caregivers. 

We look forward to the future with conviction as we build 
on a solid foundation in pursuit of our vision of Advancing 
Connected Care™. 

John P. Groetelaars 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
January 2021

RECONCILIATION OF GAAP TO OPERATING INCOME

Year Ended September 30, 2020

Year Ended September 30, 2019

Operating 
Margin

Income  
Before  
Income 
Taxes

Income 
Tax  
Expense

Diluted 
EPS

Operating 
Margin

Income 
Before 
Income 
Taxes

Income 
Tax  
Expense

Diluted 
EPS

12.8%

$271.2

$48.2

$3.32

10.9%

$208.6

$56.4

$2.25

GAAP Basis

Adjustments:

Acquisition and integration costs and 
related fair value adjustments

—%

(0.6)

1.8

(0.04)

0.9%

28.1

5.3

0.34

Acquisition-related intangible  
asset amortization

Field corrective actions

Regulatory compliance costs

Special charges

Tax law and method changes

Debt refinancing costs

(Gain) loss on business combinations

Pension settlement expense

Litigation expenses and awards

COVID-19 related costs and  
benefits, net

3.7%

109.0

26.1

1.23

4.2%

122.4

28.6

1.38

0.2%

0.5%

1.4%

—%

—%

—%

—%

—%

4.9

15.6

41.5

—

16.1

(2.8)

8.4

(1.2)

1.2

3.7

9.2

—

3.7

0.05

0.18

0.48

—

0.18

(4.4)

0.02

1.9

0.10

0.2%

0.5%

1.0%

—%

—%

—%

—%

(0.3)

(0.01)

0.1%

0.2%

1.4

0.7

0.02

—%

5.6

15.3

28.4

—

4.0

15.9

—

2.0

—

1.4

3.6

6.9

(4.8)

0.9

(12.4)

—

0.5

—

0.06

0.17

0.32

0.07

0.05

0.42

—

0.02

—

Adjusted Basis

18.8%

$463.5

$91.8

$5.53

17.8%

$430.3

$86.4

$5.08

ABOUT HILLROMHillrom is a global medical technology leader whose 10,000 employees have a single purpose: enhancing outcomes for patients and their caregivers by advancing connected care. Around the world, our innovations touch over 7 million patients each day. They help enable earlier diagnosis and treatment, optimize surgical efficiency and accelerate patient recovery while simplifying clinical communication and shifting care closer to home. We make these outcomes possible through connected smart beds, patient lifts, patient assessment and monitoring technologies, caregiver collaboration tools, respiratory care devices, advanced operating room equipment and more, delivering actionable, real-time insights at the point of care. Learn more at hillrom.com.For more information, please contact your local distributor or Hillrom sales representative at 1-800-535-6663.hillrom.com 130 E. Randolph St. Suite 1000, Chicago, IL 60601Hill-Rom reserves the right to make changes without notice in design, specifications and models. The only warranty Hill-Rom makes is the express written warranty extended on the sale or rental of its products.© 2019 Hill-Rom Services, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.  XXXXXX rev X  DD-MMM-20XX  ENG – US 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K 

                                    (Mark One)

☑ Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 
OR

☐ Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from ____ to ____
Commission File No. 1-6651 

HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Indiana
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)

130 E. Randolph St. Suite 1000 

Chicago, IL
(Address of principal executive offices)

35-1160484
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

60601
(Zip Code)

 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (312) 819-7200 

Title of Each Class
Common Stock, without par value

Trading Symbol
HRC

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☑    No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐    No ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days. Yes ☑    No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☑    No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging 
growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act.  Large accelerated filer ☑    Accelerated filer ☐    Non-accelerated filer ☐    Smaller reporting company ☐	Emerging growth company ☐ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  its  internal  control  over 
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. 
☑   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐    No ☑

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting common equity, held by non-affiliates of the registrant, was approximately $6.7 billion, based on the closing sales price of 
$100.60 per share as of March 31, 2020 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter). There is no non-voting common equity held by 
non-affiliates. The registrant had 66,812,909 shares of its common stock, without par value, outstanding as of November 11, 2020.

Documents incorporated by reference.
Certain portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on March 10, 2021 
are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

1

              
Table of Contents

PART I

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This  Form  10-K  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of 
1995, as amended, with respect to general economic conditions, our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and 
business and our expectations or beliefs concerning future events, including the demand for our products, the ability to operate 
our  manufacturing  sites  at  full  capacity,  future  supplies  of  raw  materials  for  our  operations,  product  launches,  share 
repurchases,  international  market  conditions,  expectations  regarding  our  liquidity,  our  capital  spending,  plans  for  future 
acquisitions and divestitures, and our operating plans. These forward-looking statements can generally be identified by phrases 
such as we or our management “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans to,” “ought,” “could,” “will,” 
“should,” “likely,” “appears,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “outlook” or other similar words or phrases. There are inherent risks and 
uncertainties  in  any  forward-looking  statements.  We  caution  readers  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  any  forward-looking 
statements. All statements that address our future operating performance or events or developments that we expect or anticipate 
will occur in the future are forward-looking statements.

Our forward-looking statements are based on management’s expectations and beliefs as of the time this Form 10-K is filed with 
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  in  the  United  States  (“SEC”)  or,  with  respect  to  any  document  incorporated  by 
reference, as of the time such document was prepared. Although we believe that our expectations are reasonable, we can give 
no  assurance  that  these  expectations  will  prove  to  have  been  correct,  and  actual  results  may  vary  materially  due  to  various 
factors. These factors include those described in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K. Our actual results also could 
be  materially  adversely  impacted  by  the  length  and  severity  of  the  on-going  coronavirus  pandemic  (“COVID-19,”  “the 
pandemic,” or “the virus”) and related impacts on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects. Except 
as  required  by  applicable  law  or  regulations,  we  undertake  no  obligation  to  update,  amend  or  clarify  any  forward-looking 
statements  to  reflect  changed  assumptions,  the  occurrence  of  anticipated  or  unanticipated  events,  new  information  or 
circumstances or any other developments or changes.

Item 1.

BUSINESS

General

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. (the “Company,” “Hillrom,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) was incorporated on August 7, 1969, in the State of 
Indiana  and  is  headquartered  in  Chicago,  Illinois.  We  are  a  global  medical  technology  leader  whose  approximately  10,000 
employees  have  a  single  purpose:  enhancing  outcomes  for  patients  and  their  caregivers  by  Advancing  Connected  Care™.  
Around  the  world,  our  innovations  touch  over  7  million  patients  each  day.  Our  products  and  services  help  enable  earlier 
diagnosis and treatment, optimize surgical efficiency and accelerate patient recovery while simplifying clinical communication 
and  shifting  care  closer  to  home.  We  make  these  outcomes  possible  through  digital  and  connected  care  solutions  and 
collaboration  tools,  including  smart  bed  systems,  patient  monitoring  and  diagnostic  technologies,  respiratory  health  devices, 
advanced equipment for the surgical space and more, delivering actionable, real-time insights at the point of care.

Segment Information

We disclose segment information that is consistent with the way in which management operates and views the business. Our 
operating structure contains the following reportable segments:

•

•

•

Patient  Support  Systems  –  globally  provides  an  ecosystem  of  our  digital  and  connected  care  solutions:  devices, 
software, communications and integration technologies that improve care and deliver actionable insights to caregivers 
and patients in the acute care setting. Key products include care communications and mobility solutions, connected 
med-surg and ICU bed systems, sensors and surfaces, safe patient handling equipment and services.

Front  Line  Care  –  globally  provides  integrated  patient  monitoring  and  diagnostic  technologies  –  from  hospital  to 
home – that enable and support Hillrom’s connected care strategy. Our diverse portfolio includes secure, connected, 
digital assessment technologies to help diagnose, treat and manage a wide variety of illnesses and diseases, including 
respiratory therapy, cardiology, vision screening and physical assessment.

Surgical Solutions – globally enables peak procedural performance, connectivity and video integration products that 
improve  collaboration,  workflow,  safety  and  efficiency  in  the  operating  room,  such  as  surgical  video  technologies, 
tables, lights, pendants, precision positioning devices and other accessories.

3

Table of Contents

Net revenue, segment profitability and other measures of segment reporting for each reportable segment are set forth in Note 
14. Segment Reporting of our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

Products and Services

Patient Support Systems. Our Patient Support systems business include a variety of specialty frames and surfaces (such as 
medical surgical beds, intensive care unit beds, and bariatric patient beds), patient mobility solutions, non-invasive therapeutic 
products and surfaces, and our information technologies and software solutions in our Care Communications portfolio. These 
products are sold globally and are built to advance mobility, reduce patient falls and caregiver injuries, improve caregiver 
efficiency and prevent and care for pressure injuries. In addition, we also sell equipment service contracts for our capital 
equipment, primarily in the United States. Approximately 53%, 51% and 50% of our revenue in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 was 
derived from this segment.

Front Line Care. Our Front Line Care products include our patient monitoring and diagnostics products from Welch Allyn and 
our respiratory health products. Our patient monitoring and diagnostics products from Welch Allyn include products in each of 
the following four categories: patient exam and diagnostics, patient monitoring, diagnostic cardiology and vision screening and 
diagnostics. Our respiratory health products include non-invasive devices that provide respiratory support and assist patients in 
the  mobilization  of  retained  blockages.  Front  Line  Care  products  are  sold  globally  within  multiple  care  settings  including 
primary care, acute care, extended care and home care (primarily respiratory health products). Approximately 36%, 34%, and 
34% of our revenue in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 was derived from products within this segment.

Surgical Solutions. Our Surgical Solutions products include tables, lights, pendants and operating room integration technology 
utilized within the surgical setting. We also offer a range of positioning devices for use in shoulder, hip, spinal and lithotomy 
surgeries  as  well  as  platform-neutral  positioning  accessories  for  nearly  every  model  of  operating  room  table.  Approximately 
11%, 15%, and 16% of our revenue in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 was derived from products within this segment.

We  have  extensive  distribution  capabilities  and  broad  reach  across  all  health  care  settings.  We  primarily  operate  in  the 
following channels: (1) sales and rentals of products to acute and extended care facilities worldwide through both a direct sales 
force and distributors; (2) sales and rentals of products directly to patients in the home; and (3) sales into primary care facilities 
(primarily  Welch  Allyn  products)  through  distributors.  Through  our  network  of  163  North  American  and  39  international 
service centers, and approximately 2,000 service professionals, we provide technical support and services and rapidly deliver 
our  products  to  customers  as-needed,  providing  our  customers  flexibility  to  purchase  or  rent  select  products.  This  extensive 
network  is  critical  to  serving  our  customers  and  securing  contracts  with  Group  Purchasing  Organizations  (“GPOs”)  and 
Integrated Delivery Networks (“IDNs”).

No single customer represents more than 10% of our revenue.

4

Table of Contents

Acquisitions and Dispositions

Acquisitions

During fiscal 2020 and 2019, we acquired the following companies:

Fiscal Year
2020

Company Name

Description of the Business

Description of the Acquisition

Excel Medical 
Electronics (“Excel 
Medical”)

Clinical communications software 
company located in the United States

Purchased all of the outstanding equity 
interest.

2020

Connecta Soft, S.A. de 
C.V. (“Connecta”)

Clinical communications software 
company based in Mexico.

2020

2019

2019

Videomed S.r.l. 
(“Videomed”)
Voalte, Inc. (“Voalte”) Clinical communications software company 

Developer of integrated video solutions in 
operating rooms located in Italy.

Breathe Technologies, 
Inc. (“Breathe”)

located in the United States.
Developer and manufacturer of a patented 
wearable, non-invasive ventilation 
technology that supports improved patient 
mobility.  Located in the United States.

Purchased the multiplatform medical 
device integration and connectivity 
software programs, products, and solutions 
of the company.

Purchased all of the outstanding equity 
interest.
Purchased all of the outstanding equity 
interest.
Purchased all of the outstanding equity 
interest.

Asset Acquisition

During fiscal 2018, we acquired the right to use patented technology and certain related assets from a supplier to our Front Line 
Care segment.

Dispositions

During fiscal 2019 and 2018, we disposed of the following:

Fiscal Year
2019

2018

Segment

Description of the Disposition

Surgical Solutions

Sold certain of our surgical consumable products and related assets.

Patient Support 
Systems

Conveyed  certain  net  assets  related  to  our  third-party  rental  business,  comprised  of 
purchased moveable medical equipment that could be rented to customers.

Refer to Note 3. Business Combinations for additional information regarding acquisitions and dispositions. 

Raw Materials

Principal  materials  used  in  our  products  for  each  business  segment  include  electronic  and  electromechanical  components, 
carbon steel, aluminum, stainless steel, wood and laminates, petroleum-based products, such as foams and plastics, and other 
materials, majority of our raw material components are available from multiple sources. 

Prices fluctuate for raw materials and sub-assemblies used in our products based on a number of factors beyond our control. 
Specifically, the fluctuating prices of certain raw materials, including metals, fuel, plastics and electronic components as well as 
the impact from incremental China tariff had a direct effect on our profitability. Although we generally have not engaged in 
hedging  transactions  with  respect  to  raw  material  purchases,  we  have  effectively  mitigated  a  portion  of  the  cost  pressure 
through improved operational efficiencies and enhanced supplier management.

Most of our contracts with hospital GPOs and other customers for the sale of products in North America permit us to institute 
annual  list  price  increases,  although  we  may  not  always  be  able  to  raise  prices  sufficiently  to  offset  all  raw  material  cost 
inflation.

5

Table of Contents

Competition

Across our business, we compete on the basis of clinical expertise, resulting product clinical utility and ability to produce 
favorable patient outcomes, as well as value, quality, customer service, innovation and breadth of product offerings. We 
evaluate our competition based on our segments. 

The following table displays our significant competitors with respect to each segment:

Segments

Competitors

Patient Support Systems

Front Line Care

Arjo
LINET spol. s.r.o.
Paramount
Rauland, a Division of AMETEK, Inc.

Stryker Corporation
Vocera

Electromed, Inc.
Exergen Corporation
GE Healthcare
Heine Optotechnik
Midmark Corporation

Mindray Medical International
OMRON Healthcare, Inc.
Philips
Resmed
Riester
Schiller AG

Surgical Solutions

Draeger
Maquet, a Division of Getinge AB
MizuhoOSI

Skytron
Steris
Stryker Corporation

Additionally, we compete with a large number of smaller and regional manufacturers.

Regulatory Matters

FDA Regulation

We  design,  manufacture,  install  and  distribute  medical  devices  that  are  regulated  by  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration 
(“FDA”) and similar agencies in other countries. The regulations and standards of these agencies evolve over time and require 
us to make changes in our manufacturing processes and quality systems to remain in compliance. The FDA’s Quality System 
regulations  and  the  regulatory  equivalents  internationally  set  forth  standards  for  our  product  design  and  manufacturing 
processes, require the maintenance of certain records and provide for inspections of our facilities. From time to time, the FDA 
performs routine inspections of our facilities and may inform us of certain deficiencies in our processes or facilities. In addition, 
there are certain state and local government requirements that must be complied with in the manufacturing and marketing of our 
products. See Item 1A. Risk Factors for additional information.

Environmental

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations relating to environmental and 
health and safety concerns, including the handling, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous materials used in, or derived 
from our manufacturing processes. When necessary, we provide reserves in our financial statements for environmental matters. 
We do not expect the remediation costs for any environmental issues in which we are currently involved to exceed $1.0 million.

Health Care Regulations

In March 2010, comprehensive health care reform legislation in the United States was signed into law through the passage of 
the Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act. The health care 
industry continues to undergo significant change, both in response to this law and in response to other legislative and regulatory 
actions.   In addition to health care reform, Medicare, Medicaid and managed care organizations, such as health maintenance 
organizations  and  preferred  provider  organizations,  traditional  indemnity  insurers  and  third-party  administrators  are  under 
increasing pressure to control costs and limit utilization, while improving quality and health care outcomes. These objectives 
are being advanced through a variety of reform initiatives including, but not limited to, accountable care organizations, value-
based purchasing, bundling initiatives and competitive bidding programs. We are also subject to a number of other regulations 
around the world related to the sale and distribution of health care products. The potential impact of these regulations to our 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

business is discussed further in Item 1A. Risk Factors and Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations, included in this Form 10-K.

Product Development

We pursue development of new products and product improvements internally. We maintain professional working relationships 
with various medical professionals who assist in product research and development. New and improved products play a critical 
role in our sales growth. We continue to place emphasis on the development of proprietary products and product improvements 
to complement and expand our existing product lines. Our significant research and development activities are located in Acton, 
Massachusetts; Batesville, Indiana; Cary, North Carolina; Irvine, California; Milwaukee, Wisconsin; Sarasota, Florida; 
Skaneateles Falls, New York; Bologna, Italy; Pluvigner, France; Singapore; and Saalfeld and Puchheim, Germany.

Research and development is expensed as incurred. Research and development expense in the fiscal years ended September 30, 
2020, 2019 and 2018 was $136.5 million, $139.5 million and $135.6 million.

In addition, certain software development technology costs for software to be sold or licensed to customers are capitalized as 
intangibles and are amortized over a period of three to five years once the software is ready for its intended use. The amounts 
capitalized  in  the  fiscal  years  ended  September  30,  2020,  2019  and  2018  was  approximately  $15.3  million,  $8.0  million  and 
$2.4 million.

Patents, Trademarks and Trade Names

We own, and may license from others, a number of patents on our products and manufacturing processes, but we do not believe 
any single patent or related group of patents is of material significance to any business segment or our business as a whole. We 
also own a number of trademarks, trade names and service marks relating to our products and services. Except for the marks 
“HillromTM”,  “Hill-Rom®”  and  “Welch  Allyn®”,  we  do  not  believe  any  single  trademark,  trade  name  or  service  mark  is  of 
material significance to any business segment or our business as a whole.

Foreign Operations

Information about our foreign operations is set forth in tables relating to geographic information in Note 14. Segment Reporting 
of our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Human Capital Resources

As of September 30, 2020, Hillrom had approximately 10,000 employees worldwide, with approximately 6,000 employees in 
the  United  States  and  approximately  4,000  employees  outside  of  the  United  States.    Hillrom’s  global  presence  enables  our 
strategic  priority  of  expanding  internationally  and  penetrating  emerging  markets  with  our  differentiated  solutions.  Our 
employees are our most important assets and they set the foundation for our ability to achieve our strategic objectives. All of 
our  employees  contribute  to  Hillrom’s  success  and,  in  particular,  the  employees  in  our  manufacturing,  sales,  research  and 
development  and  quality  assurance  departments  are  instrumental  in  driving  operational  execution  and  strong  financial 
performance, advancing innovation and maintaining a strong quality and compliance program.

The  success  and  growth  of  Hillrom’s  business  depend  in  large  part  on  our  ability  to  attract,  retain  and  develop  a  diverse 
population of talented and high-performing employees at all levels of our organization, including the individuals who comprise 
our global workforce as well as executive officers and other key personnel.  To succeed in a competitive labor market, Hillrom 
has  developed  key  recruitment  and  retention  strategies,  objectives  and  measures  that  we  focus  on  as  part  of  the  overall 
management  of  our  business.  These  strategies,  objectives  and  measures  form  the  pillars  of  our  human  capital  management 
framework and are advanced through the following programs, policies and initiatives:  

•

Competitive  Pay  and  Benefits.    Hillrom’s  compensation  programs  are  designed  to  align  the  compensation  of  our 
employees with Hillrom’s performance and to provide the proper incentives to attract, retain and motivate employees to 
achieve superior results. The structure of our compensation programs balances incentive earnings for both short-term and 
long-term performance. Specifically:

◦ We  provide  employee  wages  that  are  competitive  and  consistent  with  employee  positions,  skill  levels,  experience, 

knowledge and geographic location.  

7

Table of Contents

◦ We  engage  nationally  recognized  outside  compensation  and  benefits  consulting  firms  to  independently  evaluate  the 
effectiveness  of  our  executive  compensation  and  benefit  programs  and  to  provide  benchmarking  against  our  peers 
within the industry. 

◦ We  align  our  executives’  long-term  equity  compensation  with  our  shareholders’  interests  by  linking  realizable  pay 

◦

◦

with stock performance. 
Annual increases and incentive compensation are based on merit, which is communicated to employees at the time of 
hiring  and  documented  through  our  talent  management  process  as  part  of  our  annual  review  procedures  and  upon 
internal transfer and/or promotion.  
All  employees  are  eligible  for  health  insurance,  paid  and  unpaid  leaves,  a  retirement  plan  and  life  and  disability/
accident coverage.  We also offer a variety of voluntary benefits that allow employees to select the options that meet 
their  needs,  including  flexible  time-off,  telemedicine,  paid  parental  leave,  adoption  assistance,  a  travel  solution  for 
nursing moms, family building benefits, prescription savings solutions, Veterans' Health Administration coverage in 
U.S. medical plans, transgender medical coverage, a personalized wellness program, a financial wellness program and 
expanded coverage for diabetic employees.

•

Advancing and Celebrating Diversity, Inclusion and Belonging (“DIB”). DIB is vital to Hillrom’s ability to grow the 
business  and  innovate  in  an  ever-changing,  fast-paced  environment.  Our  diverse  and  inclusive  workplace  encourages 
different perspectives and ideas, which we believe enables better business decisions and rapid innovation. The following 
are highlights of Hillrom’s DIB program:

◦ We  have  established  a  DIB  Council  that  provides  strategic  direction,  guidance  and  advocacy  for  Hillrom's  DIB 
initiatives  and  advancements  and  is  led  by  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Human  Resources  Officer  and 
includes high-performing leaders from around the world.
As  of  September  30,  2020,  women  leaders  made  up  36%  of  Hillrom’s  Board  of  Directors  and  38%  of  Hillrom’s 
Executive Leadership Team.

◦

◦ We  sponsor  multiple  Employee  Resources  Groups,  which  are  employee-led  and  open  to  all  employees,  including: 
Pride Partnership; Individuals with Disabilities Empowered to Achieve; Veteran Employee Team; Embrace—A Black 
Professional  Organization;  Professional  Women’s  Group;  and  HOLA  (Hillrom  Organization  for  Latinex 
Advancement).

◦ We  recruit  diverse  talent  through  local  partnerships  with  organizations  such  as  RecruitMilitary,  HACE  (Hispanic 
Alliance  for  Career  Enhancement),  Diversity  Best  Practice,  National  Society  of  Black  Engineers  and  Getting  Hired 
(focused on individuals with disabilities).

• Health and Safety. Health and safety are firmly rooted across Hillrom's global footprint. In fiscal 2020, Hillrom completed 
the deployment across its manufacturing facilities of its new environmental health and safety management system, which is 
designed to streamline data collection, ensure greater consistency and accuracy across global operations and improve health 
and safety performance. We prioritize, manage and carefully track safety performance at all locations globally and integrate 
sound  safety  practices  to  make  a  meaningful  difference  in  every  facet  of  our  operations.  During  fiscal  2020,  Hillrom 
reduced its recordable injury rate compared to fiscal 2019 by 27% (0.38 recordable injuries per 100 workers per year) on a 
company-wide basis and by 56% (0.32 recordable injuries per 100 workers per year) across its manufacturing operations.

In  response  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  related  mitigation  measures,  we  implemented  changes  in  our  business  in 
March 2020 in an effort to protect our employees and customers, and to support appropriate health and safety protocols. 
For  example,  we  installed  physical  barriers  between  employees  in  production  facilities,  implemented  extensive  cleaning 
and  sanitation  processes  for  both  production  and  office  administration  spaces  and  implemented  broad  work-from-home 
initiatives for employees in our administrative functions. While Hillrom’s essential workers (production and field service 
employees)  have  continued  to  work  at  our  facilities  and  provide  vital  service  to  our  customers,  most  employees  in  our 
administrative functions have effectively worked remotely since mid-March.  During the fiscal year ended September 30, 
2020, incremental non-recurring special compensation costs of $3.7 million were paid to Hillrom’s essential workers. 

•

Labor Relations/Fair Labor Practice. We are committed to equal opportunity employment and working effectively with 
existing unions. As of September 30, 2020, approximately 8% of our employees in the United States (including contingent 
workers) worked under collective bargaining agreements. We have not experienced a work stoppage in the United States in 
over 40 years, and we believe that our employee relations are satisfactory. The two collective bargaining agreements at our 
primary  U.S.  manufacturing  facility  expire  in  January  2021  and  January  2022.  We  are  also  subject  to  various  collective 
bargaining  arrangements  and/or  national  trade  union  agreements  outside  the  United  States.  As  of  September  30,  2020, 
approximately  65%  of  our  employees  outside  the  United  States  (including  contingent  workers)  worked  under  such 
arrangements.

8

Table of Contents

•

Recruitment,  Training  and  Development.  We  use  recruitment  vehicles  to  attract  diverse  talent  to  our  organization, 
including  partnerships  with  local  and  national  organizations,  HBCUs  (Historically  Black  Colleges  and  Universities)  and 
various social media outlets. Hillrom invests in learning opportunities that foster a growth mindset.  Our formal offerings 
include  a  tuition  reimbursement  program,  an  e-learning  platform  known  as  Hillrom  University  (“HRU”)  and  virtual 
workshops  that  support  our  culture,  strategy  and  the  development  of  crucial  skills.  To  measure  the  impact  of  the 
investments we make in our people, and to help us continually improve our human resources programs, we regularly track 
a number of critical metrics, including the following:

◦

◦

Internal  Hires:  We  track  the  percentage  of  open  positions  filled  with  internal  candidates  and  use  this  metric  as  a 
measure of how successfully we are promoting talent from within. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the 
data was as follows:
Director and above: 34%
▪
▪ Manager and above: 45%
▪

All levels: 31%

Employee  Satisfaction:  We  conduct  an  anonymous  bi-annual  engagement  survey  of  our  global  workforce. 
Administered and analyzed by an independent third-party, the survey results are reviewed by the executive officers. 
The  results  of  this  engagement  survey  are  shared  with  individual  managers,  who  are  then  tasked  with  taking  action 
based  on  their  employees’  anonymous  feedback  (both  quantitative  and  qualitative).  By  paying  close  attention  to  the 
results both at an aggregate enterprise level as well as at a department/business/work group level, Hillrom has been 
able to enhance its culture of respect, help educate employees more effectively about our benefits offerings as well as 
our  learning  and  development  opportunities  and  further  improve  our  communications  content,  mechanisms  and 
frequency.  

Executive Officers

The  following  sets  forth  certain  information  regarding  our  executive  officers.  The  term  of  office  for  each  executive  officer 
expires on the date his or her successor is chosen and qualified. No director or executive officer has a “family relationship” with 
any  other  director  or  executive  officer  of  the  Company,  as  that  term  is  defined  for  purposes  of  this  disclosure  requirement. 
There  is  no  understanding  between  any  executive  officer  and  any  other  person  pursuant  to  which  the  executive  officer  was 
selected.

John  P.  Groetelaars,  54,  was  elected  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Hillrom,  effective  May  2018.  Previously,  Mr. 
Groetelaars was Executive Vice President and President of Becton, Dickinson and Company’s (“BD”) Interventional Segment. 
Prior  to  the  BD  acquisition  of  C.R.  Bard,  Mr.  Groetelaars  was  Group  President  at  Bard,  which  he  had  joined  in  2008.  He 
previously held positions of increasing responsibility with Boston Scientific Corporation, Guidant Corporation and Eli Lilly.

Barbara  W.  Bodem,  52,  was  elected  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  effective  December  2018.  Before 
joining  Hillrom,  she  served  as  Senior  Vice  President,  Finance  at  Mallinckrodt.  Previously,  she  served  in  a  variety  of  senior 
finance roles for Hospira, Inc. and Eli Lilly, including serving as CFO of Lilly Oncology.

Amy Dodrill, 47, was elected Senior Vice President and President, Surgical Solutions, effective June 2019. She had previously 
served as Vice President of our U.S. Surgical Solutions sales operations and prior to that, as an area vice president in our Patient 
Support  Systems  business  since  joining  Hillrom  in  October  2011.  Before  joining  Hillrom,  she  held  several  senior  leadership 
roles at DynaVox Systems LLC and GE Healthcare.

Andreas  G.  Frank,  44,  was  elected  Senior  Vice  President  and  President,  Front  Line  Care,  effective  December  2018.  He 
previously  served  as  Chief  Transformation  Officer  and  Senior  Vice  President  Corporate  Development  and  Strategy,  since 
joining  Hillrom  in  October  2011.  Before  joining  Hillrom,  he  was  Director,  Corporate  Development  at  Danaher  Corporation. 
Previously, he worked in the Corporate Finance and Strategy practice at the consulting firm McKinsey & Company.

Paul Johnson, 55, was elected as Senior Vice President and President of Patient Support Systems, effective November 2016. He 
had previously served as President, PSS North America, since joining Hillrom in February 2013. Before joining Hillrom, he 
held various commercial leadership positions at Life Technologies and GE Healthcare.

Mary Kay Ladone, 54, was elected Senior Vice President, Corporate Development, Strategy and Investor Relations, effective 
December  2018.  She  previously  served  as  Vice  President,  Investor  Relations,  since  joining  Hill-Rom  in  July  2016.  Before 

9

 
Table of Contents

joining Hillrom, she served as Senior Vice President, Investor Relations, of Baxalta Incorporated. Previously, she served in a 
variety of senior finance, business development and investor relations roles for Baxter International. 

Kenneth Meyers, 58, was elected Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer, effective September 2015. Before 
joining Hillrom, he was Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer at Hospira, Inc. Previously, he was a partner 
at Mercer / Oliver Wyman Consulting. Prior to Mercer / Oliver Wyman, he served as Senior Vice President, Human Resources, 
for Starbucks International.

Deborah M. Rasin, 54, was elected Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, effective January 2016. Before 
joining  Hillrom,  she  was  General  Counsel  for  Dentsply  International  Inc.  Previously,  she  served  as  General  Counsel  at 
Samsonite Corporation and as a senior attorney at General Motors.

Richard  M.  Wagner,  52,  was  elected  Vice  President,  Controller  and  Chief  Accounting  Officer,  effective  May  2018.  Before 
joining  Hillrom,  he  was  Vice  President,  Finance  at  Cree,  Inc.  and  prior  to  that  role,  he  served  as  Vice  President,  Corporate 
Controller at Dentsply Sirona, Inc.

Availability of Reports and Other Information

Our website is www.hillrom.com. We make available on this website, free of charge, access to our annual, quarterly and current 
reports and other documents we file with, or furnish to, the SEC as soon as practicable after such reports or documents are filed 
or  furnished.  We  also  make  available  on  our  website  position  specifications  for  the  Chairperson,  members  of  the  Board  of 
Directors  (“Board”)  and  the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  our  Global  Code  of  Conduct  (and  any  amendments  or  waivers),  the 
Corporate Governance Standards of our Board and the charters of each of the standing committees of the Board. All of these 
documents are also available to shareholders in print upon request.

Item 1A.

RISK FACTORS

Our  business  involves  risks  related  to  economic,  market,  regulatory  and  legislative  factors  in  the  jurisdictions  in  which  we 
operate.  The  following  information  about  these  risks  should  be  considered  carefully  together  with  the  other  information 
contained herein. The risks described below are not the only risks faced by Hillrom. Additional risks not currently known or 
considered immaterial also might result in adverse effects on our business. Any of these risks could have a material adverse 
impact on our business, financial condition, future results or cash flows. The order in which these factors appear should not be 
construed to indicate their relative importance or priority.

COVID-19 Risks

Our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects could be materially and adversely affected by the 
ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and the related effects on public health.

In December 2019, there was an outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) in China that has since spread to nearly 
all regions of the world. The outbreak was subsequently declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization in March 2020. 
To  date,  the  COVID-19  outbreak  and  preventive  measures  taken  to  contain  or  mitigate  the  outbreak  have  caused,  and  are 
continuing to cause, business slowdowns or shutdowns in affected areas and significant disruption in global financial markets.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic and related mitigation measures, we implemented changes in our business in March 
2020  to  protect  our  employees  and  customers  through  appropriate  health  and  safety  protocols.  For  example,  we  installed 
physical barriers between employees in production facilities, implemented extensive cleaning and sanitation processes for both 
production  and  office  administration  spaces,  and  implemented  broad  work-from-home  initiatives  for  employees  in  our 
administrative  functions.  Implementing  these  measures  resulted  in  additional  costs  in  fiscal  2020,  which  we  expect  will 
continue in fiscal 2021 as we work to address employee safety. These additional costs did not have a material impact on our 
Statements of Consolidated Income during fiscal 2020, and we anticipate a similar impact for fiscal 2021.

Although we experienced some challenges in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic, including declines in revenue related 
to  project  delays  in  our  care  communications  business  and  reduced  demand  for  certain  of  our  patient  exam  and  diagnostic 
products, at this time, we have not experienced a negative impact on our liquidity or results of operations. While we generally 
expect the level of demand for our products negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic to recover as we progress through 
fiscal 2021, we are unable to predict the ultimate impact of the COVID-19 outbreak, including the nature and timing of when 

10

Table of Contents

demand recovery may occur. The continued spread of COVID-19 could negatively impact our business, results of operations, 
financial condition and prospects in a number of ways in the future.  For example, it could, among other things:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•
•

•

•

•

•

interrupt, slow, or render our supply chains inoperable, resulting in more expensive alternative sources of labor and 
materials or an inability to find such alternative sources of labor and materials for our products;
subject us to governmental mandates and quarantines that may require forced shutdowns of our facilities for extended 
or indefinite periods due to public health measures;
increase regulation of our industry, up to and including the exercise of war powers under The Defense Production Act 
of 1950, as amended, which could require us to turn over our production capabilities to the U.S. Government;
substantially interfere with general commercial activity related to our customer base if our customers' businesses are 
affected by the outbreak, including through delays or reductions of purchases of our products;
diminish our ability to adequately predict customer demand for our products, which could adversely impact our ability 
to effectively manage inventory levels; 
cause health care providers to limit or restrict access to their facilities to only essential personnel for a material amount 
of time, adversely impacting our ability to complete installations of our care communications offerings and operating 
room equipment, and limiting contact with our sales personnel;
reduce the number of ambulatory care or office visits if health care providers prioritize pandemic-related treatment and 
governmental and industry associations recommend the deferral of elective surgeries;
cause our employees, including key executives, our production and service workforce and functional team members to 
become ill, quarantined or otherwise unable to work or travel due to health reasons or governmental restrictions;
increase absenteeism or cause workplace disruption related to employees working from home or remotely;
contribute to adverse changes in general domestic and global economic conditions, including recession or economic 
slowdown and disruption of domestic and international credit markets, which could negatively impact our customers' 
ability to pay us as well as our ability to access capital that could in the future negatively affect our liquidity;
result in the establishment of trade barriers that disrupt the flow of goods and increase costs associated with logistics 
and transportation;
decrease our ability to grow our business through mergers, acquisitions and other similar business arrangements during 
any such pandemic or other outbreak as targets focus on operating their respective businesses;
negatively impact innovation and development of new products as our research and development (“R&D”) teams may 
be required to work from home and resources and energy may be redirected during any such outbreak; or
contribute to a recession or market correction that could adversely affect the value of our common stock.

The situation surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic remains fluid, and given its inherent uncertainty, it could have an adverse 
impact on our business in the future. The duration and extent of the impact from the COVID-19 pandemic depends on future 
developments that cannot be accurately predicted at this time, such as the severity and transmission rate of the virus, the extent 
and  effectiveness  of  containment  actions  and  the  impact  of  these  and  other  factors  on  our  employees,  customers,  suppliers, 
service  providers  and  business  partners.  If  COVID-19  continues  to  spread  and  escalate  domestically  or  internationally,  or  if 
governments impose additional measures intended to mitigate the spread and related effects of the pandemic, the risks described 
above could be elevated significantly.

Should these conditions persist for a prolonged period, the COVID-19 pandemic, including any of the above factors and others 
that are currently unknown, could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and 
prospects  and  could  heighten  many  of  our  known  risks  described  in  this  Item  1A.  Risk  Factors,  any  of  which  could  have  a 
material effect on us.

Regulatory Risks

We face significant uncertainty in our industry due to government health care reform, healthcare reform laws, changes 
in Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental medical program reimbursements and for which we cannot predict how 
such reforms will impact our operating results.

In March 2010, the U.S. Congress adopted and President Obama signed into law comprehensive health care reform legislation 
through the passage of the Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care Act (H.R. 3590) and the Health Care and Education 
Reconciliation Act (H.R. 4872) (collectively, “the Healthcare Reform Act”). The provisions of the Healthcare Reform Act are 
intended  to  expand  access  to  health  insurance  coverage  and  improve  the  quality  of  healthcare  over  time.  However,  other 
provisions of the legislation, including Medicare provisions, aim to decrease costs through comparative effectiveness research, 
and  pilot  programs  to  evaluate  alternative  payment  methodologies  could  result  in  pricing  pressure  or  negatively  impact  the 
demand for our products.

11

Table of Contents

We cannot predict with certainty what additional future health care initiatives, if any, will be implemented at the federal or state 
level, or what the ultimate effect of federal health care reform or any future legislation or regulation will have on us. Globally, 
managed care organizations, such as Medicare and Medicaid in the United States, are facing increasing pressure to both control 
health  care  utilization  and  to  limit  reimbursement.  Changes  in  reimbursement  programs  or  their  regulations,  including 
retroactive and prospective rate and coverage criteria changes, competitive bidding for certain products and services, and other 
changes intended to reduce expenditures (domestically or internationally), could adversely affect the portions of our businesses 
that are dependent on third-party reimbursement or direct governmental payments. Moreover, to the extent that our healthcare 
provider customers experience reimbursement pressure resulting in lower revenue for them, their demand for our products and 
services  might  decrease.  The  impact  of  the  above-mentioned  items  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business, 
results of operations and cash flows.

Failure  by  us  or  our  suppliers  to  comply  with  FDA  regulations  and  similar  foreign  regulations  applicable  to  the 
products  we  design,  manufacture,  install  or  distribute  could  expose  us  to  enforcement  actions  or  other  adverse 
consequences.

We  design,  manufacture,  install  and  distribute  medical  devices  that  are  regulated  by  the  FDA  and  similar  agencies  in  other 
countries.  Failure  to  comply  with  applicable  regulations  could  result  in  future  product  recalls,  injunctions  preventing  the 
shipment of products or other enforcement actions that could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and profitability. 
Additionally, certain of our suppliers are subject to FDA regulations. The failure of these suppliers to comply with regulations 
could adversely affect us as regulatory actions taken by the FDA against those manufacturers can result in product shortages, 
recalls or modifications.  We are also subject to the European Medical Device Regulation, which was adopted by the European 
Union  (“EU”)  as  a  common  legal  framework  for  all  EU  member  states.    These  regulations  require  companies  that  wish  to 
manufacture and distribute medical devices in EU member states to meet certain quality system and safety requirements and 
ongoing  product  monitoring  responsibilities,  and  obtain  a  “CE”  marking  (i.e.,  a  mandatory  conformity  marking  for  certain 
products sold within the European Economic Area) for their products. Various penalties exist for non-compliance with the laws 
implementing  the  European  Medical  Device  Regulations  which  if  incurred,  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our 
business, results of operations and cash flows.

We  could  be  subject  to  substantial  fines  or  damages  and  possible  exclusion  from  participation  in  federal  or  state 
health care programs if we fail to comply with the laws and regulations applicable to our business.

We  are  subject  to  stringent  laws  and  regulations  at  both  the  federal  and  state  levels  governing  the  participation  of  durable 
medical  equipment  suppliers  in  federal  and  state  health  care  programs.  From  time  to  time,  the  government  seeks  additional 
information related to our claims submissions, and in some instances government contractors perform audits of payments made 
to us under Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal health care programs. On occasion, these reviews identify overpayments for 
which  we  submit  refunds.  At  other  times,  our  own  internal  audits  identify  the  need  to  refund  payments.  We  believe  the 
frequency and intensity of government audits and review processes has grown and we expect this will continue in the future, 
due to increased resources allocated to these activities at both the federal and state Medicaid level, and greater sophistication in 
data review techniques.

If we are considered to have violated these laws and regulations, we could be subject to substantial fines, damages, possible 
exclusion from participation in federal health care programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and possible recoupment of any 
overpayments related to such violations. While we believe that our practices materially comply with applicable state and federal 
requirements,  the  requirements  might  be  interpreted  in  a  manner  inconsistent  with  our  interpretation.  Failure  to  comply  with 
applicable laws and regulations, even if inadvertent, could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Failure  to  comply  with  regulations  due  to  our  contracts  with  U.S.  government  entities  could  adversely  affect  our 
business and results of operations. 

Our  business  contracts  with  U.S.  government  entities  are  subject  to  specific  rules,  regulations  and  approvals  applicable  to 
government contractors. U.S. government agencies often reserve the right to conduct audits and investigations of our business 
practices  to  assure  our  compliance  with  these  requirements.  Our  failure  to  comply  with  these  or  other  laws  and  regulations 
could result in contract terminations, suspension or debarment from contracting with the U.S. federal government, civil fines 
and damages and criminal prosecution. In addition, changes in procurement policies, budget considerations, unexpected U.S. 
developments, such as changes in the funding or structure of Department of Veterans Affairs or other government agencies to 
which we sell our products and services, might adversely affect sales to U.S. government entities.

12

Table of Contents

Capital and Credit Risks

We  have  a  substantial  amount  of  indebtedness.  This  level  of  indebtedness  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  raise 
additional capital to fund operations, our flexibility in operating our business and our ability to react to changes in the 
economy or our industry.

As of September 30, 2020, we had $1,878.0 million of indebtedness outstanding net of certain issuance costs. As a result of this 
debt, we have significant demands on our cash resources. The level of debt could, among other things:

•

•

•

•
•
•
•

•

require  us  to  dedicate  a  large  portion  of  our  cash  flow  from  operations  to  the  servicing  and  repayment  of  our  debt, 
thereby reducing funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, research and development expenditures and 
other general corporate requirements;
limit  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  to  fund  future  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  research  and 
development expenditures and other general corporate requirements;
limit  our  flexibility  in  planning  for,  or  reacting  to,  changes  in  our  business  and  the  industry  in  which  we  operate, 
including the continued impacts of COVID-19, which could require additional resources or a reallocation of capital to 
respond to changing priorities;
restrict our ability to make strategic acquisitions or dispositions or to maximize business opportunities;
adversely affect our credit rating, with the result that the cost of servicing our indebtedness might increase;
adversely affect the market price of our common stock;
limit our ability to apply proceeds from an offering or asset sale to purposes other than the servicing and repayment of 
debt; and
cause us to fail to meet payment obligations or otherwise default under our debt, which will give our lenders the right to 
accelerate the indebtedness and exercise other rights and remedies against us.

In addition to the indebtedness we had outstanding as of the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, we might incur substantial 
additional indebtedness in the future, which could cause the related risks to intensify. We may refinance all or a portion of our 
indebtedness on or before their respective maturities. We cannot provide assurances that we will be able to refinance any of our 
indebtedness  on  commercially  reasonable  terms  or  at  all.  The  terms  of  any  additional  debt  might  give  the  holders  rights, 
preferences, and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock, particularly in the event of liquidation. The terms of 
any new debt might also impose additional and more stringent restrictions on our operations than are currently in place. If we 
are unable to refinance our debt, we might default under the terms of our indebtedness, which could lead to an acceleration of 
the required repayment of the outstanding balance. We do not expect that we could repay all of our outstanding indebtedness if 
the repayment of such indebtedness was accelerated.

Our  variable  rate  indebtedness  subjects  us  to  interest  rate  risk,  which  could  cause  our  debt  service  obligations  to 
increase significantly.

Borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement and Securitization Facilities will be at variable rates of interest and expose us to 
interest rate risk. If interest rates were to increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase 
even  though  the  amount  borrowed  remained  the  same,  and  our  net  income  and  cash  flows,  including  cash  available  for 
servicing  our  indebtedness,  will  correspondingly  decrease.  Assuming  all  loans  under  the  Senior  Credit  Agreement  and 
Securitization Facilities were fully drawn, each quarter point change in interest rates, excluding the effects of any interest rate 
swap agreements, would result in a $5.9 million change in annual interest expense on our indebtedness under the Senior Credit 
Agreement  and  Securitization  Facilities.  In  the  future,  we  may  enter  into  additional  interest  rate  swaps  that  involve  the 
exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments in order to reduce interest rate volatility. However, we may not maintain 
interest rate swaps with respect to all of our variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our 
interest rate risk.

Our  Senior  Credit  Agreement,  Securitization  Facilities  and  certain  derivative  instruments  use  the  London  Interbank  Offered 
Rate  (“LIBOR”)  as  a  benchmark  for  establishing  interest  rates.  On  July  27,  2017,  the  United  Kingdom’s  Financial  Conduct 
Authority announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of December 2021. We may have to negotiate new credit 
terms or potentially incur additional indebtedness that rely on an alternative interest rate method to LIBOR as a result of the 
LIBOR phase out. Any legal or regulatory changes made in response to LIBOR’s future discontinuance may result in, among 
other things, a sudden or prolonged increase or decrease in LIBOR, a delay in the publication of LIBOR, or changes in the rules 
or  methodologies  in  LIBOR.  In  addition,  alternative  methods  to  LIBOR  may  not  yet  have  been  established  by  the  end  of 
December 2021, and the impact of such alternative methods may be impossible or impracticable to determine. While we do not 

13

Table of Contents

expect that the transition from LIBOR will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows, it is still 
uncertain at this time.

Adverse developments in general domestic and worldwide economic conditions and instability and disruption of credit 
markets could have an adverse effect on our operating results, financial condition, or liquidity.

We are subject to risks arising from adverse changes in general domestic and global economic conditions, including recession 
or  economic  slowdown  and  disruption  of  domestic  and  international  credit  markets.  The  credit  and  capital  markets  could 
experience  extreme  volatility  and  disruption  that  could  lead  to  periods  of  recessionary  conditions  and  depressed  levels  of 
consumer and commercial spending. These recessionary conditions could cause customers to reduce, modify, delay or cancel 
plans to purchase our products and services. If our customers reduce investments in capital expenditures or utilize their limited 
capital funds to invest in products that we do not offer, it could negatively impact our operating results. Even if our revenue 
remains  constant,  our  profitability  could  decline  if  there  is  a  shift  to  sales  of  product  mix  or  geographic  locations  with  less 
favorable  margins.  Moreover,  volatility  in  the  credit  markets  could  adversely  affect  our  suppliers’  access  to  capital  and 
therefore their ability to continue to provide an adequate supply of the materials we use in our products and may result in higher 
supply costs.

If  worldwide  economic  conditions  worsen,  we  would  expect  our  customers  to  scrutinize  costs  resulting  from  pressures  on 
operating margin due to rising supply costs, reduced investment income and philanthropic giving, increased interest expense, 
reimbursement pressure, reduced elective health care spending and uncompensated care.

Operating and Product Risks

We operate in a highly competitive industry that is subject to the risk of declining demand and pricing pressures, which 
could adversely affect our operating results.

Demand for our products and services depends in large part on overall demand in the health care market. With the health care 
market’s increased focus on hospital asset and resource efficiency as well as reimbursement constraints, spending for some of 
our  products  could  decline  over  time.  Further,  the  competitive  pressures  in  our  industry  could  cause  us  to  lose  market  share 
unless we increase our commercial investments or reduce our prices, which could adversely impact our operating results.

The nature of this highly competitive marketplace demands that we successfully introduce new products into the market in a 
cost-effective  manner  (more  fully  detailed  below).  These  factors,  along  with  possible  legislative  developments  and  others, 
might result in significant shifts in market share among the industry’s major participants, which includes us. Accordingly, if we 
are  unable  to  effectively  differentiate  ourselves  from  our  competitors  in  terms  of  new  products  and  diversification  of  our 
product  portfolio  through  business  acquisitions,  then  our  market  share,  sales  and  profitability  could  be  adversely  impacted 
through lower volume or decreased prices.

Our  future  financial  performance  will  depend  in  part  on  the  successful  introduction  of  new  products  into  the 
marketplace in a cost-effective manner.

Our future financial performance will depend in part on our ability to influence, anticipate, identify and respond to changing 
consumer  preferences  and  needs,  including  those  impacted  by  COVID-19,  or  a  possible  resurgence  of  COVID-19.  We  can 
provide no assurances that our new products will achieve commercial acceptance in the marketplace. We might not correctly 
anticipate  or  identify  trends  in  customer  preferences  or  needs  or  might  identify  them  later  than  competitors  do.  In  addition, 
difficulties in manufacturing or in obtaining regulatory approvals might delay or prohibit introduction of new products into the 
marketplace. Further, we might not be able to develop and produce new products at a cost that allows us to meet our goals for 
profitability. We may not be able to obtain patent protection on our new products or be able to defend our intellectual property 
rights globally. Warranty claims and service costs relating to our new products might be greater than anticipated, and we might 
be required to devote significant resources to address any quality issues associated with our new products, which could reduce 
the resources available for further new product development and other matters. In addition, the introduction of new products 
might also cause customers to defer purchases of existing products.

Failure to successfully introduce new products in a cost-effective manner, or delays in customer purchasing decisions related to 
the evaluation of new products, could cause us to lose market share and could materially adversely affect our business.

14

Table of Contents

We might not be able to grow or achieve expected cost savings or profitability if we are unable to successfully acquire 
and integrate, or form business relationships with, other companies.

We have in the past, and expect in the future, to grow our business through mergers, acquisitions and other similar business 
arrangements. We might not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or business relationships, negotiate acceptable 
terms or receive necessary financing on acceptable terms for such acquisitions or relationships. Additionally, we might become 
responsible for liabilities associated with businesses that we acquire to the extent they are not covered by indemnification from 
the sellers or by insurance. Even if we can consummate acquisitions, such acquisitions could be dilutive to earnings and might 
not be successfully integrated to fully realize the expected benefits. Our integration efforts might also divert management and 
other resources from other important matters, and we could experience delays or unusual expenses in the integration process, 
including  intangible  asset  impairments,  which  could  result  in  significant  charges  in  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements 
included under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Moreover, the margins for these companies might differ from our historical 
gross and operating margins resulting in a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our  business  is  significantly  dependent  on  major  contracts  with  GPOs,  IDNs,  and  certain  other  distributors  and 
purchasers.

A majority of our U.S. hospital sales and rentals are made pursuant to contracts with hospital GPOs. At any given time, we are 
typically at various stages of responding to bids, negotiating and renewing expiring GPO agreements. Failure to be included in 
certain of these agreements could have a material adverse effect on our business, including product sales and service and rental 
revenue.

Our participation in such programs often requires increased discounting or restrictions on our ability to raise prices, and failure 
to participate or to be selected for participation in such programs might result in a reduction of sales to the member hospitals. In 
addition,  the  industry  is  showing  an  increased  focus  on  contracting  directly  with  health  systems  or  IDNs  (which  typically 
represent influential members and owners of GPOs). IDNs and health systems often make key purchasing decisions and have 
influence  over  the  GPO’s  contract  decisions,  and  often  request  additional  discounts  or  other  enhancements.  Further,  certain 
other distributors and purchasers have similar processes to the GPOs and IDNs and failure to be included in agreements with 
these other purchasers could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our international sales and operations are subject to risks and uncertainties that vary by country and which could have 
a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business  and/or  results  of  operations.  Compliance  with  international  laws  and 
regulations,  import  and  export  limitations,  trade  agreements,  anti-corruption  laws,  and  exchange  controls  may  be 
difficult, burdensome and expensive. 

International  sales  represent  approximately  32%  of  our  total  sales  in  fiscal  2020.  We  anticipate  that  international  sales  will 
continue to represent a significant portion of our total sales in the future. In addition, we have multiple manufacturing facilities 
and third-party suppliers that are located outside of the United States. As a result, our international sales, as well as our sales in 
the  United  States,  of  products  produced  or  sourced  internationally,  are  subject  to  risks  and  uncertainties  that  can  vary  by 
country,  such  as  political  instability,  economic  conditions,  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations,  changes  in  tax  laws, 
regulatory  and  reimbursement  programs  and  policies,  and  the  protection  of  intellectual  property  rights.  COVID-19  could 
contribute to these conditions or trigger legislative or regulatory responses that could directly or indirectly effect our business. 
In addition, our collections of international receivables are subject to economic pressures and the actions of some governmental 
authorities that have initiated various austerity measures to control health care and other governmental spending.

We  are  subject  to  compliance  with  various  laws  and  regulations,  including  the  U.S.  Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act,  the  U.K. 
Bribery Act, and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions, which generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries 
from  making  bribes  or  other  improper  payments  to  officials  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  or  retaining  business.  We  are  also 
subject to limitations on trade with persons in sanctioned countries. Our exposure to international markets increases the inherent 
risks  of  encountering  such  issues.  While  our  employees,  distributors  and  agents  are  required  to  comply  with  these  laws  and 
regulations,  no  assurance  can  be  given  that  our  training  and  internal  policies  and  procedures  will  always  protect  us  from 
violations of these  laws, despite our commitment to legal compliance and corporate ethics. The failure to comply with these 
laws and regulations could subject us to severe fines and penalties that could have a material impact on our financial condition, 
results of operations and cash flows.

15

Table of Contents

We might not be successful in achieving expected operating efficiencies and sustaining or improving operating expense 
reductions,  and  might  experience  business  disruptions  and  adverse  tax  consequences  associated  with  restructuring, 
realignment and cost reduction activities.

Over the past few years, we have initiated several restructuring, realignment and cost reduction initiatives. While we expect to 
realize  efficiencies  from  these  actions,  these  activities  might  not  produce  the  full  efficiency  and  cost  reduction  benefits  we 
expect.  Further,  such  benefits  might  be  realized  later  than  expected,  and  the  ongoing  costs  of  implementing  these  measures 
might  be  greater  than  anticipated.  If  these  measures  are  not  successful  or  sustainable,  we  might  undertake  additional 
realignment and cost reduction efforts, which could result in future charges. Moreover, our ability to achieve our other strategic 
goals  and  business  plans  might  be  adversely  affected  and  we  could  experience  business  disruptions  with  customers  and 
elsewhere  if  our  restructuring  and  realignment  efforts  and  our  cost  reduction  activities  prove  ineffective.  These  actions,  the 
resulting costs, and potential delays or potential lower than anticipated benefits might also impact our foreign tax positions and 
might require us to record tax reserves against certain deferred tax assets in our international business.

We  are  involved  on  an  ongoing  basis  in  claims,  lawsuits  and  governmental  proceedings  relating  to  our  operations,  as 
well as product liability or other liability claims that could expose us to adverse judgments or could adversely affect the 
sales of our products.

We are involved in the design, manufacture and sale of health care products, which face an inherent risk of exposure to product 
liability claims if our products are alleged to have caused injury or are found to be unsuitable for their intended use. Amongst 
other claims, we are, from time to time, a party to claims and lawsuits alleging that our products have caused injury or death or 
are otherwise unsuitable. It is possible that we will receive adverse judgments in such lawsuits, and any such adverse judgments 
could be material. Although we carry insurance with respect to such matters, this insurance is subject to varying deductibles and 
self-insured retentions and might not be adequate to cover the full amount of any particular claim. In addition, any such claims 
could negatively impact the sales of products that are the subject of such claims or other products.

Materials and Manufacturing Risks

Increased prices for, or unavailability of, raw materials or sub-assemblies used in our products could adversely affect 
profitability or revenue. Specifically, our results of operations could be adversely affected by high prices for metals, fuel, 
plastics  and  other  petroleum-based  products,  and  the  impact  of  U.S.  and  foreign  legislation,  regulations  and  trade 
agreements  relating  to  the  materials  we  import.  We  also  rely  on  single  suppliers  for  the  procurement  of  several  raw 
materials and sub-assemblies.

Our profitability is affected by the prices and availability of the raw materials and sub-assemblies used in the manufacture of 
our products. These prices might fluctuate based on many factors beyond our control, including, but not limited to, changes in 
supply  and  demand,  general  economic  conditions,  including  the  ongoing  impact  of  COVID-19,  or  a  possible  resurgence  of 
COVID-19, labor costs, fuel related delivery costs, competition, and currency exchange rates. Our business is also subject to 
risks  associated  with  U.S.  and  foreign  legislation,  regulations  and  trade  agreements  relating  to  the  materials  we  import, 
including  quotas,  duties,  tariffs  or  taxes,  and  other  charges  or  restrictions  on  imports,  which  could  adversely  affect  our 
operations and our ability to import materials used in our products at current or increased levels. We cannot predict whether 
additional  U.S.  and  foreign  customs  quotas,  duties  (including  antidumping  or  countervailing  duties),  tariffs,  taxes  or  other 
charges  or  restrictions,  requirements  as  to  where  raw  materials  must  be  purchased,  additional  workplace  regulations  or  other 
restrictions on our imports will be imposed in the future or adversely modified, or what effect such actions would have on our 
costs  of  operations.  Future  quotas,  duties  or  tariffs  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition, 
results of operations or cash flows. Future trade agreements could also provide our competitors with an advantage over us, or 
increase  our  costs,  either  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations or cash flows.

Significant increases in the cost of raw materials or sub-assemblies that cannot be recovered through increased prices of our 
products could adversely affect our results of operations. There can be no assurance that the marketplace will support higher 
prices or that such prices and productivity gains will fully offset any commodity cost increases in the future. We generally have 
not  engaged  in  hedging  transactions  with  respect  to  raw  material  purchases  but  do  enter  into  fixed  price  supply  contracts  at 
times. Future decisions not to engage in hedging transactions or ineffective hedging transactions might result in increased cost 
volatility, potentially adversely impacting our profitability.

Our  dependency  upon  regular  deliveries  of  supplies  from  certain  suppliers  means  that  interruptions  or  stoppages  in  such 
deliveries could adversely affect our operations until arrangements with alternate suppliers could be made. Several of the raw 
materials and sub-assemblies used to manufacture our products currently are procured only from a single source. If any of these 

16

Table of Contents

single-source  suppliers  were  unable  or  unwilling  to  deliver  these  materials  for  an  extended  time,  we  might  not  be  able  to 
manufacture one or more products and our business could suffer. We might not be able to find acceptable alternatives, and any 
such alternatives could result in increased costs.

The majority of our products are manufactured at a single facility or location, and the material damage or loss of, or 
partial  or  complete  labor-related  work  stoppage  at,  one  or  more  of  these  facilities  or  locations  could  prevent  us  from 
manufacturing some of the various products we sell.

We manufacture most of our products in a single facility or location. If an event (including any weather or natural disaster or 
disruptions in connection with COVID-19) occurred that resulted in material damage or loss of, or partial or complete labor-
related work stoppage at, one or more of these manufacturing facilities or we lacked sufficient labor to fully operate the facility, 
we might be unable to transfer manufacturing of the relevant products to another facility or location in a cost-effective or timely 
manner, if at all. This potential inability to transfer production could occur for several reasons, including but not limited to a 
lack  of  necessary  relevant  manufacturing  capability  at  another  facility,  or  the  regulatory  requirements  of  the  FDA  or  other 
governmental regulatory bodies. Such an event could materially negatively impact our financial condition, results of operations 
and cash flows.

We might be adversely affected by regulations relating to conflict minerals.

The  SEC  has  adopted  rules  regarding  disclosure  for  public  companies  whose  products  contain  conflict  minerals  (commonly 
referred  to  as  tin,  tantalum,  tungsten  and  gold)  that  originate  from  the  Democratic  Republic  of  the  Congo  (“DRC”)  and/or 
adjoining countries. The implementation of these requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability and pricing of 
materials used in the manufacturing of our products. In addition, we will incur additional costs to comply with the disclosure 
requirements, including costs related to determining the source of any of the relevant minerals used in our products. Since our 
supply  chain  is  complex  and  multilayered,  we  might  be  unable  to  ascertain  with  sufficient  certainty  the  origins  for  these 
minerals  despite  our  due  diligence  procedures,  which  in  turn  might  harm  our  reputation.  We  might  also  face  difficulties  in 
satisfying customers who might require that our products be certified as DRC conflict free, which could harm our relationships 
with  these  customers  and/or  lead  to  a  loss  of  revenue.  These  requirements  also  could  have  the  effect  of  limiting  the  pool  of 
suppliers from which we source these minerals, and we might be unable to obtain conflict-free minerals at prices similar to the 
past, which could increase our costs and adversely affect our manufacturing operations and our profitability.

Employee and Pension Plan Risks

The assets in our pension plans are subject to market disruptions.  In addition, our pension plans are underfunded.

Our primary pension plan invests in a variety of equity and debt securities subject to market risks. In addition, our pension plans 
are underfunded by $80.1 million based on our projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets as of September 30, 
2020.  Market  volatility  and  disruption  could  cause  declines  in  asset  values  or  fluctuations  in  assumptions  used  to  value  our 
liability and expenses. If this occurs, we might need to make additional pension plan contributions and our pension expense in 
future years might increase.

A portion of our workforce is unionized, and we could face labor disruptions that would interfere with our operations.

Approximately  8%  of  our  employees  in  the  United  States  (including  contingent  workers)  work  under  collective  bargaining 
agreements. Approximately 65% of our employees outside the United States (including contingent workers) work under various 
collective  bargaining  arrangements  and/or  national  trade  union  agreements.  Although  we  have  not  recently  experienced  any 
significant work stoppages as a result of labor disagreements, we cannot ensure that such a stoppage will not occur in the future. 
The two collective bargaining agreements at our primary U.S. manufacturing facility expire in January 2021 and January 2022, 
respectively. Our inability to negotiate satisfactory new agreements or a labor disturbance at one of our principal facilities could 
have a material adverse effect on our operations.

We might not be able to attract, retain and develop key personnel.

Our  future  performance  depends  in  significant  part  upon  the  continued  service  of  our  executive  officers  and  other  key 
personnel.  The  loss  of  the  services  of  one  or  more  of  our  executive  officers  or  other  key  employees  could  have  a  material 
adverse  effect  on  our  business,  prospects,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Our  success  also  depends  on  our 
continuing  ability  to  attract,  retain  and  develop  highly  qualified  personnel,  and  as  competition  for  such  personnel  is  intense, 
there can be no assurance that we can do so in the future.

17

Table of Contents

Cybersecurity and Information Technology Risks

The  rationalization  and  transformation  of  our  Enterprise  Resource  Planning  (“ERP”)  software  solutions  and  other 
information technology systems could result in significant disruptions to our operations.

We  are  in  the  process  of  rationalizing  and  transforming  our  ERP  software  solutions  and  other  complementary  information 
technology systems, which is expected to be completed over the next several years. The implementation of these solutions and 
systems is highly dependent on the coordination of numerous software and system providers and internal business teams. We 
could  experience  changes  in  our  operational  processes  and  internal  controls,  which  in  turn  could  require  significant  capital 
investments  and  change  management,  including  recruiting  and  training  of  qualified  personnel.  The  interdependence  of  these 
solutions and systems is key to the successful completion of the initiatives. The failure of any one solution or system could have 
a significant impact on our business processes and information systems, including loss or corruption of data, delayed shipments, 
decreases  in  productivity  as  our  personnel  and  third-party  providers  implement  and  become  familiar  with  new  systems, 
increased costs and lost revenues, which could have an adverse effect on our overall information technology infrastructure and 
as a result, could have an adverse impact on our business, results of operations and cash flows. 

Difficulties in implementing new or upgraded information systems or system failures could also result in significant disruptions 
to  our  business,  the  incurrence  of  unanticipated  expenses  and  the  diversion  of  management’s  attention  from  key  strategic 
initiatives and could have a material adverse effect on our capital resources, financial condition, results of operations or cash 
flows.

We are increasingly dependent on the consistent functioning of our information technology and cybersecurity systems 
along with our information technology dependent product portfolios.  If we are exposed to any intrusions, disruptions, 
corruption, or destruction, or if we fail to maintain the integrity of our systems or products, or the privacy of our data, 
our business and our reputation could be materially adversely affected.

We  are  increasingly  dependent  on  consistent  functioning  of  our  information  technology  and  cybersecurity  systems  for  our 
infrastructure and software-based products. Our information systems require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to 
maintain, protect, and enhance existing systems and develop new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in information 
processing  technology,  regulatory  standards,  integration  of  acquisitions,  and  the  increasing  need  to  protect  patient,  customer 
and supplier information. The new EU-wide General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which became applicable on May 
25,  2018,  imposes  more  stringent  data  protection  requirements  and  provides  for  greater  penalties  for  noncompliance.  Our 
products include technologies that support connectivity and decision support infrastructure, which could be subject to intrusion, 
disruption or corruption and could impact the quality of care patients receive or the confidentiality of patient information.  In 
addition, third parties might attempt to hack into our products or systems and might obtain proprietary information. As a result 
of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  we  may  face  increased  cybersecurity  risks  due  to  our  reliance  on  internet  technology  and  the 
number of our employees who are working remotely, which may create additional opportunities for cybercriminals to exploit 
vulnerabilities.  If  we  fail  to  maintain  or  protect  our  information  technology  and  cybersecurity  systems  and  information 
technology  dependent  products  effectively,  we  could  lose  existing  customers  or  suppliers,  have  difficulty  attracting  new 
customers  or  suppliers,  have  problems  that  adversely  impact  internal  controls,  have  difficulty  preventing,  detecting  and 
controlling fraud, have disputes with customers and suppliers, have regulatory sanctions or penalties imposed, have increases in 
operating expenses, incur expenses or lose revenues as a result of a data privacy breach, or suffer other adverse consequences. 
Any  significant  breakdown,  intrusion,  interruption,  corruption,  or  destruction  of  these  systems,  as  well  as  any  data  breaches, 
could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Tax Risks

Unfavorable outcomes related to uncertain tax positions could result in significant tax liabilities.

We have recorded tax benefits related to various uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. While we 
believe our positions are appropriate, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), state or foreign tax authorities could disagree 
with our positions, which could result in a significant tax payment.

18

Table of Contents

General Risk Factors

Our  stock  price  and  trading  volume  has  been,  and  may  continue  to  be,  volatile  from  time  to  time  and  we  might 
experience continued fluctuations in the future that could negatively impact the value of our outstanding shares. 

The market for our common stock has, from time to time, experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that might have 
been unrelated to our operating performance. We believe that a variety of factors could cause the price of our common stock to 
fluctuate, perhaps substantially, including:

•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

new, or changes in, analyst recommendations, guidelines or studies that could affect the use of our products;
announcements  and  rumors  of  developments  related  to  our  business,  including  changes  in  reimbursement  rates  or 
regulatory requirements, proposed and completed acquisitions, or the industry in which we compete;
published studies and reports relating to our products and markets in which we participate;
quarterly fluctuations in our actual or anticipated operating results;
general conditions in the U.S. or worldwide economy, including the impact of COVID-19 that has spread globally;
our stock repurchase program;
announcements of technological innovations;
new products or product enhancements by us or our competitors;
developments in patents or other intellectual property rights and litigation;
developments in relationships with our customers and suppliers;
the implementation of health care reform legislation and the adoption of additional reform legislation in the future; and
the ability to or extent of integrating our acquisitions.

Any such fluctuations in the future could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Item 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

We have not received any comments from the staff of the SEC regarding our periodic or current reports that remain unresolved.

19

Table of Contents

Item 2.

PROPERTIES

The principal properties used in our operations are listed below. All facilities are suitable for their intended purpose, are being 
efficiently utilized and are believed to provide adequate capacity to meet demand for the next several years.

Description and Primary Use

Owned/Leased

Location

Acton, MA

Batesville, IN

Cary, NC

Charleston, SC

Chicago, IL

Irvine, CA

Milwaukee, WI

Sarasota, FL

St. Paul, MN

Skaneateles Falls, NY

Suzhou, China

Taicang, China

Pluvigner, France

Puchheim, Germany

Light manufacturing, development and distribution of health care 
products; Office administration
Manufacturing, development and distribution of health care products;
Office administration
Development of health care products; Office administration

Light manufacturing and distribution of health care products;
Office administration
Corporate headquarters; Office administration

Manufacturing, development and distribution of health care products;
Office administration
Manufacturing, development and distribution of health care products; 
Office administration
Development and distribution of health care products; Office 
administration
Office administration and distribution of health care products; Service 
center
Manufacturing, development and distribution of health care products;
Office administration
Manufacturing of health care products

Light manufacturing and distribution of health care products

Manufacturing, development and distribution of health care products;
Office administration
Development of health care products; Office administration

Saalfeld, Germany

Manufacturing, development and distribution of health care products;
Office administration
Navan, County Meath, Ireland Office administration

Bologna, Italy

Tijuana, Mexico

Monterrey, Mexico

Development of heath care products; Office administration

Manufacturing and distribution of health care products; Office 
administration
Manufacturing of health care products; Office administration

Amsterdam, Netherlands

Office administration

Singapore

Luleå, Sweden

Development of health care products; Office administration

Manufacturing and distribution of health care products;
Office administration

Leased

Owned

Leased

Leased

Leased

Leased

Owned

Leased

Leased

Owned

Leased

Leased

Owned

Owned/Leased

Owned

Owned

Leased

Leased

Owned

Leased

Leased

Owned

In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  we  lease  a  number  of  warehouse  distribution  centers,  service  centers,  sales  offices  and  other 
facilities  throughout  the  United  States,  Australia,  Canada,  Western  Europe,  Mexico,  Middle  East,  the  Far  East,  and  Latin 
America.

20

 
Table of Contents

Item 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

See Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies of our Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part II, in Item 8 of 
this Form 10-K for information regarding legal proceedings in which we are involved.

Item 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

Item 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information and Shareholders

Our  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  under  the  ticker  symbol  HRC  and  there  are  approximately 
80,200 shareholders of record.

Dividends

The declaration and payment of cash dividends is at the sole discretion of our Board and depends upon many factors, including 
our  financial  condition,  earnings  potential,  capital  requirements,  alternative  uses  of  cash,  covenants  associated  with  debt 
obligations,  legal  requirements,  and  other  factors  considered  relevant  by  our  Board.  We  have  paid  cash  dividends  on  our 
common stock every quarter since our initial public offering in 1971. We intend to continue to pay quarterly cash dividends 
comparable to those paid in the periods covered by the Consolidated Financial Statements included within Item 8 of Part II of 
this Form 10-K.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Period
July 1, 2020 - July 31, 2020
August 1, 2020 - August 31, 2020
September 1, 2020 - September 30, 2020
Total

Total
Number
of Shares
Purchased 1

714  $ 
50  $ 
132  $ 
896 

Average
Price Paid
per Share

111.80 
95.39 
82.49 

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans 
or Programs 

Approximate
Dollar Value
of Shares That
May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Programs 2

—  $ 
—  $ 
—  $ 
— 

163.4 
163.4 
163.4 

1  Shares  purchased  in  the  quarter  ended  September  30,  2020  were  in  connection  with  employee  payroll  tax  withholding  for 
restricted stock distributions.
2 In September 2019, the Board approved an additional $170.0 million for share repurchases. The below table reflects the date 
of  Board  approval,  the  authorized  dollar  value  of  the  shares  to  be  repurchased  under  each  approval  and  the  availability  to 
repurchase as of September 30, 2020. There is no expiration date or plans to terminate this program in the future. 

Board Approval Date

November 2017

September 2019

Totals

Authorized Dollar 
Value

Dollar Value of 
Shares Purchased 
Prior to Fiscal 2020

Dollar Value of 
Shares Purchased in 
Fiscal 2020

Availability to 
Purchase as of 
September 30, 2020

150.0 

170.0 

102.5 

— 

$ 

320.0  $ 

102.5  $ 

47.5 

6.6 

54.1  $ 

— 

163.4 

163.4 

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the return on our common stock with that of Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500”) 
and our peer groups* for each of the last five fiscal years ended September 30. The composition of our current peer group (the 
“2020 Peer Group”) has not changed since the date of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2019. The 2020 Peer Group 
is  aligned  with  the  peer  group  used  in  our  most  recent  compensation  study  done  for  executive  compensation  purposes.  The 
graph below assumes that the value of the investment in our common stock, the S&P 500 and our 2020 Peer Group was $100 
on October 1, 2015 and that all dividends were reinvested.

HRC
S&P 500
2020 Peer Group

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

$ 

100  $ 
100 
100 

119  $ 
113 
132 

142  $ 
131 
153 

182  $ 
152 
198 

202  $ 
155 
214 

161 
175 
261 

*

For  purposes  of  the  Stock  Performance  Graph  above,  our  2020  Peer  Group  is  comprised  of:  Agilent  Technologies, 
Inc.,  Avanos  Medical,  Inc.  (formerly  Halyard  Health,  Inc.),  Bio-Rad  Laboratories,  Inc.,  Bruker  Corporation,  The 
Cooper  Companies,  Inc.,  Dentsply  Sirona,  Inc.,  Edwards  Lifesciences  Corporation,  Hologic,  Inc.,  Intuitive  Surgical, 
Inc., Mednax, Inc., Patterson Companies, Inc., PerkinElmer, Inc., Quest Diagnostics Incorporated, ResMed, Inc., Steris 
plc, Teleflex Incorporated, Varian Medical Systems, Inc., Waters Corporation and West Pharmaceutical Services, Inc.

Certain other information required by this item will be contained under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in 
our definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be 
held on March 10, 2021, and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

PART II

The following table presents our selected consolidated financial data for each of the last five fiscal years ended September 30. 
The data included below should be read together with Item 7 of Part II of this Form 10-K, Management's Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Item 8 of Part II of this Form 10-K, Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data, and related notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(In millions, except per share data)

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Net revenue

Net income

Net income attributable to common shareholders

Net income attributable to common shareholders per basic share
Net income attributable to common shareholders per diluted 
share

Total assets

Long-term obligations

Cash flows from operating activities

Capital expenditures

Cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Cash dividends per basic share

$  2,881.0  $ 2,907.3  $  2,848.0  $ 2,743.7  $  2,655.2 

223.0 

223.0 

3.35 

152.2 

152.2 

2.28 

252.4 

252.4 

3.81 

132.3 

133.6 

2.04 

122.8 

124.1 

1.90 

3.32 

2.25 

3.73 

1.99 

1.86 

  4,671.1 

  4,919.0 

  4,360.0 

  4,528.7 

  4,262.4 

  1,655.7 

  1,783.1 

  1,790.4 

  2,120.4 

  1,938.4 

481.7 

105.9 

401.4 

73.4 

395.2 

89.5 

311.1 

97.5 

281.2 

83.3 

(131.2)   

(249.0)   

(82.4)   

(389.4)   

(97.7) 

(695.0)   

304.7 

(356.6)   

0.87 

0.83 

0.78 

70.6 

0.71 

(141.9) 

0.67 

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 7. 

Overview

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 
OF OPERATIONS

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. (“we,” “us,” or “our”) is a global medical technology leader whose approximately 10,000 employees 
have  a  single  purpose:  enhancing  outcomes  for  patients  and  their  caregivers  by  Advancing  Connected  Care™.  Around  the 
world,  our  innovations  touch  over  7  million  patients  each  day.  Our  products  and  services  help  enable  earlier  diagnosis  and 
treatment, optimize surgical efficiency and accelerate patient recovery while simplifying clinical communication and shifting 
care  closer  to  home.  We  make  these  outcomes  possible  through  connected  smart  beds,  patient  lifts,  patient  assessment  and 
monitoring  technologies,  caregiver  collaboration  tools,  respiratory  health  devices,  advanced  equipment  for  the  surgical  space 
and more, delivering actionable, real-time insights at the point of care.

Industry Trends

The  unprecedented  COVID-19  global  pandemic  placed  significant  pressure  on  health  care  providers  globally.  Not  only  did 
health systems manage the real and anticipated influx of  infectious patients through emergent response, they were required to 
address  a  variety  of  factors  including  ensuring  appropriate  critical  care  capacity,  facilitating  supply  chain  needs  for  personal 
protective  equipment  (“PPE”)  and  high  demand  medical  devices  and  addressing  ongoing  staffing  challenges.  The  resulting 
focus on COVID-19 patients resulted in mandates to reduce elective surgeries, effectively reducing a key health system revenue 
source, placing financial pressure on providers. We expect consumers to continue to be wary about visiting healthcare facilities, 
driving continued demand for telehealth and care in lower acuity settings.   

We see the pandemic representing a force which has and will continue to accelerate several global health care trends:  

Telehealth  and  Remote  Care.  COVID-19  essentially  accelerated  the  need  and  greater  acceptance  of  virtual  care.  Although 
available for some time, the adoption of telehealth virtual visits has gained wide acceptance from patients, providers and more 
importantly payers. We see this trend continuing and the environment is ripe for continued growth. Additionally, with shortages 
of physician specialties, telemedicine (i.e., eICU) within the walls of the hospitals will also increase due to the need for access 
and the desire for lower cost care. 

Digital  Transformation.  Connected  care  cannot  only  take  place  through  virtual  means,  but  also  through  the  digital 
transformation of connected devices and decision support tools. Providers will utilize communication tools, sensors, wearables, 
artificial  intelligence  and  predictive  analytics  to  generate  meaningful  and  real-time  information  about  patients  to  maximize 
clinical insights, improve workflow, enable earlier intervention and enhance the patient’s experience.

Lower Cost Care Settings. Growing pressure on health care costs are resulting in a continued migration of care from the acute 
care hospital into lower cost care settings. We believe that this trend increases the demand for more solutions to care for these 
patients, many of whom are medically complex, in lower acuity settings such as ambulatory surgery centers, outpatient centers 
and  the  home.  Opportunities  include  improved  medical  technologies,  remote  monitoring,  communication  solutions  and 
information technologies. 

Provider  Consolidation.  The  financial  pressures  experienced  via  COVID-19  place  an  even  greater  chasm  between  providers 
that can weather hardship and those that cannot. We expect economic considerations, competition and other factors will lead to 
ongoing consolidation of customers. 

Economic and Clinical Value. The overriding importance of improved quality of care metrics will maintain the focus on 
improving outcomes related to pressure injuries, patient falls, patient deterioration and sepsis. Hospitals may experience 
reduced reimbursement for hospital-acquired adverse events, creating a stronger connection between these adverse events and 
hospital revenue levels. Therefore, we believe that health care providers will seek to do business with partners that can 
demonstrate improved clinical, and consequently, economic outcomes. 

Demand for Health Care Services. Patient and provider demand for health care products and services is expected to continue to 
grow over the long-term as a result of many factors, including an aging population and an increasing number of chronic patients 
across  all  care  settings,  including  hospitals,  extended  care  facilities,  outpatient  settings  and  in  the  home.  At  the  same  time, 
health care providers will also be under continued pressure to improve efficiency and control costs.

24

Table of Contents

Strategic Priorities

We believe we have aligned our strategic priorities to accommodate the evolving global health care landscape.

Advancing category leadership with differentiated solutions and innovation. Health care systems today are challenged to treat 
the  rising  incidence  of  complex  diseases  and  conditions  while  reducing  costs,  increasing  efficiency  and  improving  patient 
outcomes.  We are well positioned to meet demand for innovative, differentiated solutions that drive a clear value proposition 
for customers.  We are executing on a strong pipeline of impactful medical technologies, communication tools and information 
technologies to build on our category leadership and provide caregivers the products and solutions needed to enhance patient 
care and outcomes. 

Expanding internationally and penetrating emerging markets. International markets continue to expand access to health care for 
their  growing  populations,  presenting  significant  opportunity  to  expand  our  presence  with  our  differentiated  solutions.  By 
focusing on product categories and innovations with the highest growth potential, coupled with our ‘One Hillrom’ approach to 
enhance  our  strong  global  channel  and  footprint,  we  will  continue  to  enhance  our  international  presence,  penetrate  emerging 
markets, and drive accelerated growth. 

Transforming the portfolio with select business development and optimization initiatives. Business development has played an 
important role in our transformation in the last several years, by strengthening and diversifying the portfolio. We will continue 
to  deploy  capital  on  opportunities  that  align  with  our  strategy  and  meet  our  financial  objectives.  We  enhanced  our  growth 
prospects by divesting non-strategic assets and redirecting resources to advance category leadership in higher-growth, higher-
margin opportunities. We will continue to evaluate and pursue opportunities that further optimize our business portfolio.

Driving operational execution and strong financial performance. Investing to support future growth is key to our success, while 
maintaining  strong  financial  discipline  and  operational  performance.  We  are  executing  on  a  variety  of  initiatives  to  drive 
operating efficiencies, including consolidation of our manufacturing footprint, lowering sourcing costs, improving productivity, 
and  optimizing  business  processes.  Savings  generated  from  these  actions  will  provide  flexibility  to  reinvest  in  strategic 
priorities  to  drive  growth,  including  continued  innovation  to  drive  category  leadership  and  investments  to  further  our 
international presence, particularly in emerging markets. 

The Impacts of COVID-19 on Hillrom

COVID-19  has  impacted  global  economies  as  travel,  leisure  and  discretionary  consumer  spending  has  reduced  significantly 
causing  companies  to  make  commensurate  changes  to  their  investments,  human  capital,  and  financial  outlooks.  The  United 
States  and  countries  around  the  world  continue  to  take  precautionary  and  preventive  measures  to  reduce  the  spread  of 
COVID-19.  

Revenues and Customers

Hillrom experienced significant fluctuations in demand across its portfolio of products as health care customers prioritized the 
treatment of patients diagnosed with COVID-19.  We experienced a significant increase in demand for select products within 
Patient Support Systems and Front Line Care used in the treatment of COVID-19 patients. For the fiscal year ended September 
30,  2020,  we  recognized  revenue  of  approximately  $180  million  related  to  non-recurring  demand  for  respiratory  health 
ventilators,  intensive  care  unit  and  med-surg  beds  and  specialty  surfaces.  We  also  experienced  lower  revenue  in  our  care 
communications business and Surgical Solutions business due to project delays resulting from hospital access restrictions and 
delays in elective surgical procedures. Additionally, a decline in doctor office visits due to COVID-19 restrictions and concerns 
resulted in lower demand for our products used within the physician practice setting. 

For fiscal 2021, we expect hospitals and physician practices to advance toward more normal operating activities over the course 
of our fiscal year with intermittent and localized impacts from COVID-19. We anticipate lower demand for products used to 
treat COVID-19 as demand is less widespread than experienced early in the pandemic. We also anticipate a gradual recovery in 
the  demand  for  other  products,  such  as  information  technologies  and  software  solutions  in  Patient  Support  Systems,  patient 
diagnostic tools in Front Line Care and operating room infrastructure in Surgical Solutions. Our outlook for fiscal 2021 can be 
affected by efforts across the world to control the spread of COVID-19 through improved testing and contact tracing and the 
development and availability of an effective vaccine.

25

Table of Contents

Operations and Workforce

We experienced no significant supply chain constraints nor significant increases in supply costs, and we were able to secure raw 
materials and components for manufacturing products in high demand due to COVID-19. 

Our  productions  facilities  have  remained  open  and  employment  levels  have  remained  consistent.  Many  employees  in  our 
administrative functions have effectively worked remotely since mid-March. We have implemented the necessary precautions 
to allow our employees to work safely and effectively in our manufacturing and service facilities. In other areas of the business, 
we have adapted our processes and used technology to continue to effectively execute on our strategic priorities as well as daily 
operating activities.

We will continue to assess our workforce requirements in response to evolving customer demand related to COVID-19.

As  disclosed  in  Note  1.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,  we  benefited  from  government  programs  within  the 
various jurisdictions in which we operate in the form of subsidies, incentives, cost relief and payment deferrals. Management 
will  continue  to  evaluate  these  opportunities  as  well  as  the  related  requirements  or  restrictions  to  support  our  operations  and 
workforce in a manner that allows us to continue to operate efficiently and effectively. 

For further discussion, see the risk factor within Item 1. Business, Item 1.A Risk Factors, entitled “Our business, results of 
operations,  financial  condition  and  prospects  could  be  materially  and  adversely  affected  by  the  ongoing  COVID-19 
pandemic and the related effects on public health.” 

Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes are presented in accordance with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). In addition to the results reported in accordance with GAAP, we routinely 
provide operating margin, income before taxes, income tax expense and earnings per diluted share results on an adjusted basis 
as we believe these measures contribute to the understanding of our financial performance, provide additional analytical tools to 
understand  our  results  from  core  operations  and  reveal  underlying  operating  trends.  These  measures  exclude  strategic 
developments, acquisition and integration costs and related fair value adjustments, gains and losses associated with disposals of 
businesses  or  significant  product  lines,  regulatory  costs  related  to  updating  existing  product  registrations  to  comply  with  the 
European  Medical  Device  Regulations,  Special  charges  as  described  in  Note  10.  Special  Charges  of  this  Form  10-K,  the 
transitional impacts of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), changes in tax accounting methods, and other tax law 
changes as described in Note 11. Income Taxes of this Form 10–K, expenses associated with these tax items, the impacts of 
significant litigation matters, certain impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and other unusual events. We also exclude expenses 
associated with the amortization of purchased intangible assets. These adjustments are made to allow investors to evaluate and 
understand operating trends excluding their impact on operating income and earnings per diluted share.

Management uses these measures internally for planning, forecasting and evaluating the performance of the business. Investors 
should  consider  these  non-GAAP  measures  in  addition  to,  not  as  a  substitute  for,  or  as  superior  to,  measures  of  financial 
performance prepared in accordance with GAAP.

In  addition,  we  present  certain  results  on  a  constant  currency  basis,  which  compares  results  between  periods  as  if  foreign 
currency exchange rates had remained consistent period-over-period. We monitor sales performance on an adjusted basis that  
eliminates the positive or negative effects that result from translating international sales into U.S. dollars. We calculate constant 
currency by applying the foreign currency exchange rate for the prior period to the local currency results for the current period. 
We  believe  that  evaluating  growth  in  net  revenue  on  a  constant  currency  basis  provides  an  additional  and  meaningful 
assessment to both management and investors.

 Results of Operations

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2020 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2019 

In this section, we provide an overview of our results of operations. We disclose segment information that is consistent with the 
way in which management operates and views the business.

26

Table of Contents

Net Revenue

(In millions)

Revenue:

Year Ended 
September 30

2020

2019

Change 
As
Reported

Constant
Currency

Change As
Reported

Change As
Reported

Constant
Currency

U.S.

OUS

Product sales and service

$  2,571.2  $  2,615.0 

Rental revenue

309.8 

292.3 

Total net revenue

$  2,881.0  $  2,907.3 

 (1.7) %

 6.0 %

 (0.9) %

 (1.3) %

 6.1 %

 (0.5) %

 (6.0) %

 7.4 %

 (4.4) %

 8.0 %

 (3.1) %

 7.5 %

 9.3 %

 (2.5) %

 8.7 %

Revenue:

Patient Support Systems

$  1,539.1  $  1,490.5 

Front Line Care

Surgical Solutions

1,025.0 

316.9 

978.1 

438.7 

Total net revenue

$  2,881.0  $  2,907.3 

 3.3 %

 4.8 %

 (27.8) %

 (0.9) %

 3.6 %

 5.2 %

 (27.6) %

 (0.5) %

 (0.1) %

 1.0 %

 (43.1) %

 (4.4) %

 14.1 %

 14.4 %

 15.6 %

 16.0 %

 (12.1) %

 (11.9) %

 7.5 %

 8.7 %

OUS - Outside of the United States

Consolidated Revenue

Product sales and service revenue decreased 1.7% on a reported basis, and 1.3% on a constant currency basis for the fiscal year 
ended September 30, 2020 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019. The decrease was the result of the 
disposition of the surgical consumable products business in August 2019 and lower revenues as a result of COVID-19 within 
Surgical Solutions. This decrease was partially offset by increased global revenue for Patient Support Systems and Front Line 
Care, which primarily reflects the net impacts of COVID-19.

Rental revenue increased 6.0% on a reported basis, and 6.1% on a constant currency basis for the fiscal year ended September 
30,  2020  compared  to  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2019.  The  increase  was  due  to  higher  deployment  of  the  Patient 
Support Systems rental portfolio, which was primarily driven by COVID-19 patient needs. 

Business Segment Revenue

Patient Support Systems revenue increased 3.3% on a reported basis and 3.6% on a constant currency basis for the fiscal year 
ended September 30, 2020 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019. The increase was driven primarily by global 
sales growth for intensive care unit and med-surg beds and increased U.S. rental revenues primarily due to COVID-19, as well 
as recent acquisitions. The increase was partially offset by lower revenue in our care communications business due to project 
delays  resulting  from  hospital  access  restrictions.  Revenue  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2020  does  not  reflect 
approximately $2.4 million of revenue that was eliminated in fair value purchase accounting adjustments to deferred revenue 
related to recent acquisitions.

Front Line Care revenue increased 4.8% on a reported basis and 5.2% on a constant currency basis for the fiscal year ended 
September 30, 2020 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019. The increase was primarily driven by non-invasive 
ventilator sales under U.S. federal and state government contracts as well as growth internationally in patient monitoring and 
physical assessment tools primarily related to COVID-19.  The increases were partially offset by a decline in doctor office visits 
due  to  COVID-19  restrictions  that  resulted  in  lower  demand  for  patient  diagnostic  tools,  such  as  vision  screening  and 
cardiology.  

Surgical  Solutions  revenue  decreased  27.8%  on  a  reported  basis  and  27.6%  on  a  constant  currency  basis  for  the  fiscal  year 
ended September 30, 2020 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, predominantly due to the disposition of the 
surgical consumable products business in August 2019. Additionally, global revenues declined as a result of COVID-19-related 
hospital  access  restrictions  that  delayed  capital  projects  and  installations,  as  well  as  deferred  patient  elective  surgical 
procedures. These decreases were partially offset by higher demand for integrated operating tables during the first six months of 
fiscal 2020.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Gross Profit

(In millions)

Gross Profit 1

Product sales and service

Percent of Related Net Revenue

Rental

Percent of Related Net Revenue

Total Gross Profit

Percent of Total Net Revenue

Year Ended September 30

2020

2019

$ 

1,311.3 

$ 

1,284.3 

 51.0 %

 49.1 %

163.8 

 52.9 %

140.7 

 48.1 %

$ 

1,475.1 

$ 

1,425.0 

 51.2 %

 49.0 %

1 Gross Profit is calculated as net product sales and service revenue and rental revenue less the related cost of goods sold or 
rental expenses as disclosed on the face of the Statements of Consolidated Income.

Product  sales  and  service  gross  profit  increased  by  $27.0  million  or  2.1%  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2020 
compared  to  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2019.  The  increase  in  gross  profit  was  primarily  driven  by  increased  sales 
volume  of  higher  margin  products  in  Patient  Support  Systems  and  Front  Line  Care,  which  primarily  reflects  the  impact  on 
demand for products used to treat COVID-19 patients.  The increase in gross profit can also be attributed to strategic changes 
including  recent  acquisitions  and  the  disposition  of  the  surgical  consumable  products  business  in  August  2019,  as  well  as 
reduced costs due to improved efficiency in manufacturing and service activities.

Rental gross profit increased by $23.1 million or 16.4% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 compared to fiscal year 
ended  September  30,  2019.  The  increase  in  rental  gross  profit  was  driven  by  higher  volumes  and  lower  servicing  costs 
associated with the Patient Support Systems rental portfolio due to increased rental durations for COVID-19 patients.

Operating Expenses

(In millions)

Research and development expenses

Percent of Total Net Revenue

Selling and administrative expenses

Percent of Total Net Revenue

Acquisition-related intangible asset amortization 

Percent of Total Net Revenue

Year Ended September 30

2020

2019

136.5 

$ 

139.5 

 4.7 %

 4.8 %

820.4 

$ 

818.6 

 28.5 %

 28.2 %

109.0 

$ 

122.4 

 3.8 %

 4.2 %

$ 

$ 

$ 

Research  and  development  expenses  decreased  by  $3.0  million,  or  2.2%,  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2020 
compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 due to the timing of projects. As a percentage of revenue, Research and 
development expenses remained relatively consistent.

Selling and administrative expenses remained relatively flat for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 compared to the fiscal 
year ended September 30, 2019. Selling and administrative expenses increased by $1.8 million, or 0.2%, predominantly due to 
increased information technology costs, investments in emerging markets and higher compensation costs related to annual merit 
increases.    The  increase  is  partially  offset  by  lower  travel  expenses  due  to  COVID-19  and  lower  acquisition  and  integration 
costs during fiscal 2020.

Acquisition-related intangible asset amortization decreased by $13.4 million, or 10.9%, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 
2020  compared  to  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2019  primarily  due  to  the  disposition  of  the  surgical  consumable 
products business in August 2019, offset partially by amortization of acquired intangibles as a result of recent acquisitions. See 
Note 4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets for additional information.

28

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Special Charges and Other

(In millions)

Special charges

Interest expense

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Investment income (expense) and other, net

$ 

$ 

Year Ended September 30

2020

2019

41.5  $ 

28.4 

(74.0)  $ 

(15.6)   

(6.9)   

(89.6) 

(3.3) 

(14.6) 

In  connection  with  various  transformative  initiatives,  restructuring  and  exit  activities,  and  organizational  changes  to  improve 
our business alignment and cost structure we recognized Special charges of $41.5 million for the fiscal year ended September 
30,  2020,  compared  to  $28.4  million  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2019.  These  charges  related  to  the  initiatives 
described in Note 10. Special Charges.

Interest expense decreased $15.6 million, or 17.4%, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 compared to the fiscal year 
ended September 30, 2019 due to lower borrowing rates from the refinancing of senior unsecured notes of $425.0 million in 
September 2019 and a lower interest rate environment that resulted in lower interest cost for our variable rate debt under the 
Note Securitization and Revolving Credit Facilities. See Note 5. Financing Agreements for additional information.

Loss on extinguishment of debt was $15.6 million and $3.3 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019  
related  to  the  refinancing  of  senior  unsecured  notes  of  $425.0  million  in  September  2019  and  the  refinancing  of  the  then-
existing  senior  secured  credit  facilities  maturing  in  2021  (the  ‘‘Prior  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities’’)  in  August  2019.  See 
Note 5. Financing Agreements for additional information.

Investment  income  (expense)  and  other,  net  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2020  was  expense  of  $6.9  million 
comprised  primarily  of  the  recognition  of  a  non-cash  pension  plan  settlement  loss  of  $8.5  million  and  $2.0  million  of  losses 
related to our cost and equity method investments, which was partially offset by a $3.0 million gain that represented the step up 
to fair value of the historical investment of a company that was fully acquired during fiscal 2020. Investment income (expense) 
and  other,  net  was  expense  of  $14.6  million  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2019  comprised  primarily  of  the  loss 
recognized  for  the  disposition  of  our  surgical  consumable  products  business  in  August  2019.  See  Note  2.  Supplementary 
Financial Statement Information, Note 3. Business Combinations and Note 8. Retirement and Postretirement Benefit Plans for 
additional information.

Income Tax Expense

The effective tax rate was 17.8% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 compared to 27.0% for the fiscal year ended 
September  30,  2019.  The  effective  tax  rate  for  fiscal  2020  was  favorably  impacted  by  the  reduction  of  the  contingent 
consideration accrual of $8.4 million, that is not subject to tax. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2019 was higher primarily due to 
unfavorable impacts from the disposition of a subsidiary and unfavorable impacts from changes in uncertain tax positions. See 
Note 11. Income Taxes for additional information.

The adjusted effective tax rate remained relatively flat for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 compared to the fiscal year 
ended September 30, 2019, decreasing just 0.3%, from 20.1% to 19.8%. 

Earnings per Share

Diluted earnings per share increased from $2.25 to $3.32 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 compared to the fiscal 
year  ended  September  30,  2019  primarily  due  to  higher  gross  profits  and  lower  tax  rates,  partially  offset  by  the  Loss  on 
extinguishment of debt of $15.6 million and a pension plan settlement of $8.5 million. See Note 5. Financing Agreements and 
Note 8. Retirement and Postretirement Benefit Plans for additional information.

29

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Business Segment Divisional Income

(In millions)

Divisional income:

Patient Support Systems

Front Line Care

Surgical Solutions

Year Ended September 30

2020

2019

Change As
Reported

$ 

332.3  $ 

301.8 

39.5 

299.9 

266.4 

61.2 

 10.8 %

 13.3 %

 (35.5) %

Refer to Note 14. Segment Reporting for a description of how divisional income is determined. 

Patient Support Systems divisional income increased 10.8% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 compared to the fiscal 
year  ended  September  30,  2019  primarily  due  to  global  revenue  growth,  which  was  predominantly  related  to  COVID-19 
demand, which expanded gross profit due to improved efficiency in manufacturing and service activities, as well as increased 
rental durations.

Front Line Care divisional income increased 13.3% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 compared to the fiscal year 
ended September 30, 2019 primarily due to global sales growth, predominantly driven by COVID-19 related demand for non-
invasive  ventilator  sales  under  U.S.  federal  and  state  government  contracts  as  well  as  patient  monitoring  and  physical 
assessment tools, which produced higher gross profits, and improved efficiency in manufacturing.

Surgical Solutions divisional income decreased 35.5% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 compared to the fiscal year 
ended September 30, 2019 predominantly due to the disposition of the surgical consumable products business in August 2019. 

GAAP and Adjusted Earnings

Operating  margin,  income  before  income  taxes,  income  tax  expense  and  earnings  attributable  to  common  shareholders  per 
diluted share are summarized in the table below for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019. GAAP amounts are 
adjusted for certain items to aid management in evaluating the performance of the business.  Investors should consider these 
measures in addition to, not as a substitute for, or as superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with 
GAAP.  Income  tax  expense  is  computed  by  applying  a  blended  statutory  tax  rate  based  on  the  jurisdictional  mix  of  the 
respective before tax adjustment.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(In millions)

GAAP Basis

Adjustments:

Acquisition and integration costs 
and related fair value adjustments 1
Acquisition-related intangible 
asset amortization 2
Field corrective actions 3
Regulatory compliance costs 4
Special charges 5
Tax law and method changes 6
Debt refinancing costs 7
(Gain) loss on business 
combinations 8
Pension settlement expense 9
Litigation expenses and awards 10
COVID-19 related cost and 
benefits, net 11
Adjusted Basis

Year Ended September 30

2020

Income
Before
Income
Taxes

Income 
Tax
Expense

Operating 
Margin

Diluted 
EPS

Operating
Margin

2019

Income
Before
Income
Taxes

Income 
Tax
Expense

Diluted 
EPS

 12.8 % $ 

271.2  $ 

48.2  $ 

3.32 

 10.9 % $ 

208.6  $ 

56.4  $ 

2.25 

 — %  

(0.6)   

1.8 

(0.04) 

 0.9 %  

28.1 

5.3 

0.34 

 3.7 %  

109.0 

26.1 

 0.2 %  

 0.5 %  

 1.4 %  

 — %  

 — %  

 — %  

 — %  

 — %  

4.9 

15.6 

41.5 

— 

16.1 

1.2 

3.7 

9.2 

— 

3.7 

(2.8)   

(4.4)   

8.4 

1.9 

1.23 

0.05 

0.18 

0.48 

— 

0.18 

0.02 

0.10 

(1.2)   

(0.3)   

(0.01) 

 4.2 %  

122.4 

 0.2 %  

 0.5 %  

 1.0 %  

 — %  

 — %  

 — %  

 — %  

 0.1 %  

5.6 

15.3 

28.4 

— 

4.0 

15.9 

— 

2.0 

 0.2 %  

1.4 

0.7 

0.02 

 — %  

— 

28.6 

1.4 

3.6 

6.9 

(4.8)   

0.9 

(12.4)   

— 

0.5 

— 

1.38 

0.06 

0.17 

0.32 

0.07 

0.05 

0.42 

— 

0.02 

— 

5.53 

86.4  $ 

91.8  $ 

430.3  $ 

463.5  $ 

 17.8 % $ 

 18.8 % $ 

5.08 
1 Acquisition and integration costs and related fair value adjustments include legal and professional fees, temporary labor, consulting and 
other costs related to the closing and integration of acquired businesses, including purchase accounting adjustments for deferred revenue 
and  other  items,  and  contingent  consideration.  For  fiscal  2020,  a  fair  value  adjustment  of  $4.6  million  represents  purchase  accounting 
adjustments to reflect deferred revenue and to reduce contingent consideration liabilities associated with our business combinations. See 
Note 3. Business Combinations for further information.
2  Acquisition-related  intangible  asset  amortization  relates  to  the  amortization  of  intangible  assets  associated  with  our  business 
combinations. See Note 3. Business Combinations and Note 4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets for further information.
3  Field  corrective  action  costs  relate  to  costs  incurred  to  address  broad-based  product  performance  matters  outside  of  normal  warranty 
provisions.  These costs are included in Cost of goods sold.
4 Regulatory compliance costs relate to updating existing product registrations to comply with the European Medical Device Regulations. 
These costs are included in Selling and administrative expenses.
5  Special  charges  represent  a  variety  of  costs  associated  with  restructuring  actions,  including  severance  and  related  benefits,  lease 
termination fees, asset write-downs and temporary labor on shutdown of operations. It also includes costs related to a global information 
technology  transformation,  including  rationalizing  and  transforming  our  enterprise  resource  planning  software  solutions  and  other 
complementary information technology systems. See Note 10. Special Charges for further information.
6 Tax law and method changes relate to tax expenses and related unrecognized tax benefits due to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted in the 
United States in December 2017.  See Note 11. Income Taxes for further information.
7 Debt refinancing costs are expenses related to the costs incurred to refinance our previously outstanding debt obligations during fiscal 
2020 and 2019.  In addition, the costs include duplicative interest of $0.5 million and $0.7 million for fiscal 2020 and 2019 due the timing 
of our issuance and redemption of our Senior Notes. See Note 5. Financing Agreements for further information.
8 (Gain) loss on business combinations relates to gains and losses recorded in Investment income (expense) and other, net resulting from 
business combinations during fiscal 2020 and 2019.  See Note 3. Business Combinations for further information.
9 Pension settlement expense represents an actuarial loss totaling $8.4 million recorded as a component of Investment income (expense) 
and other, net.  See Note 8. Retirement and Postretirement Benefit Plans for additional information.
10  Litigation  expenses  and  awards  are  the  aggregate  charges,  costs  or  recoveries  associated  with  litigation  settlements.  These  costs  are 
recorded as a component of Investment income (expense) and other, net for fiscal 2020 and Selling and administrative expenses for fiscal 
2019.
11  COVID-19  related  costs  and  benefits,  net  primarily  represent  incremental  non-recurring  special  compensation  costs  paid  to  essential 
workers that continued to work in our production facilities and provide services to our customers, partially offset by funding received and 
costs abated under government programs created in response to COVID-19. See Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for 
additional information.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2019 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2018 

Net Revenue

(In millions)

Revenue:

Year Ended 
September 30

2019

2018

Change 
As
Reported

Constant
Currency

Change As
Reported

Change As
Reported

Constant
Currency

U.S.

OUS

Product sales and service

$  2,615.0  $  2,469.6 

 5.9 %

 7.3 %

Rental revenue

292.3 

378.4 

 (22.8) %

 (22.2) %

Total net revenue

$  2,907.3  $  2,848.0 

 2.1 %

 3.4 %

Revenue:

Patient Support Systems

$  1,490.5  $  1,429.5 

Front Line Care

Surgical Solutions

978.1 

438.7 

960.2 

458.3 

Total net revenue

$  2,907.3  $  2,848.0 

 4.3 %

 1.9 %

 (4.3) %

 2.1 %

 5.4 %

 2.9 %

 (2.0) %

 3.4 %

OUS - Outside of the United States

 11.2 %

 (24.5) %

 5.1 %

 7.6 %

 3.0 %

 (0.1) %

 5.1 %

 (4.4) %

 (9.6) %

 (4.6) %

 (5.2) %

 (0.9) %

 (8.2) %

 (4.6) %

 (0.3) %

 (5.0) %

 (0.5) %

 (0.8) %

 2.8 %

 (3.8) %

 (0.5) %

The  following  table  reflects  sales  growth  data  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2019,  excluding  the  impacts  of  the 
adoption of ASC 606, compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 to supplement our discussion and analysis of net 
revenue for revenue streams and reportable segments:

(In millions)

Revenue:

Year Ended 
September 30

U.S.

OUS

Adjusted 
2019

2018

Change

Constant
Currency

Change

Change

Constant
Currency

Product sales and service

$  2,502.8  $  2,469.6 

Rental revenue

389.3 

378.4 

Total net revenue

$  2,892.1  $  2,848.0 

Revenue:

Patient Support Systems
Front Line Care
Surgical Solutions

$  1,477.0  $  1,429.5 
960.2 
458.3 

976.4 
438.7 

Total net revenue

$  2,892.1  $  2,848.0 

 1.3 %

 2.9 %

 1.5 %

 3.3 %
 1.7 %
 (4.3) %

 1.5 %

 2.7 %

 3.4 %

 2.8 %

 4.5 %
 2.7 %
 (2.0) %

 2.8 %

 4.3 %

 4.5 %

 4.4 %

 6.4 %
 2.7 %
 (0.1) %

 4.4 %

 (4.4) %

 (9.6) %

 (4.7) %

 (5.3) %
 (0.9) %
 (8.2) %

 (4.7) %

 (0.3) %

 5.0 %

 (0.5) %

 (0.9) %
 2.7 %
 (3.8) %

 (0.5) %

Impact of ASC 606

Product sales and service revenue increased under ASC 606 by $112.2 million. This increase was primarily due to the 
accelerated recognition and reclassification from Rental revenue of $95.3 million for Front Line Care where it was determined 
for respiratory health products, there were no on-going performance obligations after delivery of the product to the customer, 
whereas previously this revenue was recognized over the period the Company was reimbursed by third parties. It also reflects 
an additional $13.5 million for Patient Support Systems due to the changes in the timing of revenue recognition based on when 
the performance obligation related to certain products was determined to be satisfied. 

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Rental revenue decreased under ASC 606 by $97.0 million. This decrease was primarily due to the reclassification to Product 
sales and service revenue of $95.3 million for Front Line Care as described above.  

Business Segment Revenue

Excluding the impact of adopting ASC 606, revenue increased 1.5% on a reported basis, or 2.8% on a constant currency basis, 
for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2019  compared  to  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2018,  primarily  due  to  the 
following: 

Patient Support Systems revenue increased 3.3% on a reported basis and 4.5% on a constant currency basis for the fiscal year 
ended September 30, 2019 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. The increase was driven by strong growth in 
med-surg  frames  and  care  communications  platform  in  the  United  States,  as  well  as  incremental  revenue  from  recent 
acquisitions. Growth in the United States was partially offset by the divestiture of our third-party rental business in fiscal 2018 
which contributed $12.2 million of Patient Support Systems revenue during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 and lower 
international revenue, specifically in Canada related to large capital projects that occurred in fiscal 2018. Revenue for the fiscal 
year  ended  September  30,  2019  does  not  reflect  approximately  $5.3  million  of  revenue  that  was  eliminated  in  fair  value 
purchase accounting adjustments to deferred revenue related to recent acquisitions. 

Front Line Care revenue increased 1.7% on a reported basis and 2.7% on a constant currency basis for the fiscal year ended 
September 30, 2019 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 primarily due to strong growth in our respiratory 
health from new product launches, partially offset primarily by declines in our diagnostic tools for cardiology patients. 

Surgical Solutions revenue decreased 4.3% on a reported basis and 2.0% on a constant currency basis for the fiscal year ended 
September 30, 2019 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, primarily due to the sale of the surgical consumable 
products  business  in  August  2019  and  lower  revenue  in  our  international  original  equipment  manufacturer  (“OEM”)  product 
lines and due to larger projects in fiscal 2018 in the Middle East, partially offset by sales growth in integrated operating tables 
in the United States.

Gross Profit

(In millions)

Gross Profit 1

Product sales and service
Percent of Related Net Revenue

Rental
Percent of Related Net Revenue

Total Gross Profit

Percent of Total Net Revenue

Year Ended September 30
2018
2019

$ 

1,284.3 

$ 

1,195.5 

 49.1 %

 48.4 %

140.7 
 48.1 %

198.7 

 52.5 %

$ 

1,425.0 

$ 

1,394.2 

 49.0 %

 49.0 %

1 Gross Profit is calculated as net product sales and service revenue and rental revenue less the related cost of goods sold or 
rental expenses as disclosed on the face of the Statements of Consolidated Income.

Product  sales  and  service  gross  profit  increased  by  $88.8  million  or  7.4%  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2019 
compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. Over half of the increase was the result of the adoption of ASC 606, 
which  includes  the  reclassification  of  revenues  and  costs  from  Rental  to  Product  sales  and  service  for  respiratory  health  and 
recognition timing changes for the care communication platform sales. The remaining increase is due to new product growth in 
respiratory  health  and  Patient  Support  Systems,  including  recent  acquisitions,  and  operational  efficiencies,  partially  offset  by 
voluntary field corrective action costs and the disposition of our surgical consumable products business in August 2019.

Rental gross profit decreased by $58.0 million or 29.2% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 compared to the fiscal 
year  ended  September  30,  2018.  A  majority  of  the  decrease  was  the  result  of  the  adoption  of  ASC  606,  which  includes 
reclassification  of  the  respiratory  health  products  as  described  above.  The  remaining  decrease  is  primarily  related  to  the 
disposition of our third-party rental business in fiscal 2018.

33

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

(In millions)

Research and development expenses

Percent of Total Net Revenue

Selling and administrative expenses

Percent of Total Net Revenue

Acquisition-related intangible asset amortization

Percent of Total Net Revenue

Year Ended September 30

2019

2018

139.5 

$ 

135.6 

 4.8 %

 4.8 %

818.6 

$ 

784.7 

 28.2 %

 27.6 %

122.4 

$ 

106.9 

 4.2 %

 3.8 %

$ 

$ 

$ 

Research and development expenses increased for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 compared to the fiscal year ended 
September  30,  2018  due  to  continued  investment  in  new  products.  As  a  percentage  of  revenue,  Research  and  development 
expenses remained consistent.  

Selling and administrative expenses increased $33.9 million, or 4.3%, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 compared 
to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 primarily due to higher acquisition and integration costs and regulatory compliance 
costs during fiscal 2019, partially offset by higher litigation settlement expenses during fiscal 2018.

Acquisition-related intangible asset amortization increased by $15.5 million, or 14.5%, for the fiscal year ended September 30, 
2019  compared  to  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2018  primarily  due  to  recent  acquisitions  during  fiscal  2019,  offset 
slightly by the disposition of the surgical consumable products business in August 2019.

Special Charges and Other

(In millions)

Special charges

Interest expense

Loss extinguishment of debt

Investment income (expense) and other, net

$ 

$ 

Year Ended September 30

2019

2018

28.4  $ 

77.6 

(89.6)  $ 

(3.3)   

(14.6)   

(95.0) 

— 

2.8 

In connection with various organizational changes to improve our business alignment and cost structure, we recognized Special 
charges  of  $28.4  million  and  $77.6  million  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2019  compared  to  the  fiscal  year  ended 
September 30, 2018. These charges relate to the initiatives described in Note 10. Special Charges.

Interest expense was lower for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 compared to the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 
mainly due to a decrease in long-term debt outstanding and the impact of our cross-currency swaps entered into in July 2018. 
See Note 6. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity for additional information.

Loss  extinguishment  of  debt  relates  to  refinancing  of  the  then-existing  senior  secured  credit  facilities  maturing  in  2021  (the 
“Prior Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) in August 2019. See Note 5. Financing Agreements for additional information.

Investment income (expense) and other, net for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 primarily included the loss recorded 
related to the disposition of our surgical consumable products business in August 2019. See Note 3. Business Combinations for 
additional information.

34

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Income Tax Expense

The effective tax rate was 27.0% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 compared to (28.0)% for the fiscal year ended 
September  30,  2018.  The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  tax  benefits  recorded  in  2018  related  to  the  Tax  Act.  See  Note  11. 
Income Taxes for additional information.

The adjusted effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 was 20.1% compared to 19.5% for the fiscal year 
ended September 30, 2018. The higher adjusted tax rate in fiscal 2019 is primarily due to less excess tax benefits on deductible 
stock compensation and the 2018 impacts of the Tax Act, including unfavorable impacts of global intangible low-taxed income 
(“GILTI”),  offset  by  favorable  impacts  of  foreign-derived  intangible  income  (“FDII”)  and  a  reduction  in  the  U.S.  federal 
corporate tax rate. 

Earnings per Share

Diluted earnings per share decreased from $3.73 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 to $2.25 for the fiscal year ended 
September 30, 2019 primarily due to the one-time tax benefit recorded in fiscal 2018 related to the Tax Act, the loss on the 
disposition  of  our  surgical  consumable  products  business,  and  the  related  tax  expense  incurred  from  organizational  changes 
executed to facilitate the disposition. 

Business Segment Divisional Income

(In millions)

Divisional income:

Patient Support Systems

Front Line Care

Surgical Solutions

Year Ended September 30

2019

2018

Change As
Reported

$ 

299.9  $ 

266.4 

61.2 

285.0 

253.0 

53.1 

 5.2 %

 5.3 %

 15.3 %

Refer to Note 14. Segment Reporting for a description of how divisional income is determined.

Patient Support Systems divisional income increased 5.2% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 compared to the fiscal 
year  ended  September  30,  2018  primarily  due  to  revenue  growth  in  the  United  States,  and  lower  operating  expenses  as  a 
percentage of revenue.

Front  Line  Care  divisional  income  increased  5.3%  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2019  compared  to  the  fiscal  year 
ended September 30, 2018 as a result of revenue growth and higher margins from new products. 

Surgical Solutions divisional income increased 15.3% for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 compared to the fiscal year 
ended September 30, 2018 as a result of revenue growth from operating tables, and lower operating expenses as a percentage of 
revenue.

GAAP and Adjusted Earnings

Operating  margin,  income  before  income  taxes,  income  tax  expense,  and  earnings  attributable  to  common  shareholders  per 
diluted share are summarized in the table below for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018. GAAP amounts are 
adjusted for certain items to aid management in evaluating the performance of the business.  Investors should consider these 
measures in addition to, not as a substitute for, or as superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with 
GAAP.  Income  tax  expense  is  computed  by  applying  a  blended  statutory  tax  rate  based  on  the  jurisdictional  mix  of  the 
respective before tax adjustment.   

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

(In millions)

GAAP Basis

Adjustments:

Acquisition and 
integration costs and 
related fair value 
adjustments 1
Acquisition-related 
intangible asset 
amortization 2
Field corrective actions 3
Regulatory compliance 
costs 4
Litigation expenses and 
awards 5
Special charges 6
Tax law and method 
changes 7

Year Ended September 30

2019

Income
Before
Income
Taxes

Income
Tax
Expense

Operating
Margin

2018

Income
Before
Income
Taxes

Income
Tax
Expense

Diluted
EPS

Diluted
EPS

Operating
Margin

 10.9 % $  208.6  $ 

56.4  $ 

2.25 

 10.2 % $  197.2  $ 

(55.2)  $ 

3.73 

 0.9 %  

28.1 

5.3 

0.34 

 0.3 %  

8.1 

2.2 

0.09 

 4.2 %  

122.4 

 0.2 %  

5.6 

 0.5 %  

15.3 

 0.1 %  

 1.0 %  

2.0 

28.4 

28.6 

1.4 

3.6 

0.5 

6.9 

1.38 

0.06 

0.17 

0.02 

0.32 

 3.8 %  

106.9 

 — %  

— 

28.2 

— 

1.16 

— 

 0.1 %  

4.5 

1.2 

0.04 

 0.2 %  

 2.7 %  

5.8 

77.6 

1.5 

21.1 

0.06 

0.84 

 — %  

— 

(4.8)   

0.07 

 — %  

0.1 

78.8 

(1.16) 

0.9 

4.0 

0.05 

 — %  

 — %  

Debt refinancing costs 8
(Gain) loss on business 
combinations 9
4.75 
86.4  $ 
Adjusted Basis
 1 Acquisition and integration costs and related fair value adjustments include legal and professional fees, temporary labor, 
consulting  and  other  costs  related  to  the  closing  and  integration  of  acquired  businesses,  including  purchase  accounting 
adjustments for deferred revenue and other items, and contingent consideration. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 
2019, related fair value adjustments of $8.5 million represent purchase accounting adjustments to reflect deferred revenue 
and to increase contingent consideration associated with our business combinations. See Note 3. Business Combinations for 
further information.

 17.3 % $  399.2  $ 

 17.8 % $  430.3  $ 

77.8  $ 

(12.4)   

 — %  

 — %  

(1.0)   

15.9 

5.08 

0.42 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(0.01) 

2 Acquisition-related intangible asset amortization relates to the amortization of intangible assets associated with our business 

combinations. See Note 3. Business Combinations and Note 4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets for further information.

 3 Field corrective action costs relate to costs incurred to address broad-based product performance matters outside of normal 

warranty provisions. These costs are included in Cost of goods sold.

4 Regulatory compliance costs relate to updating existing product registrations to comply with the European Medical Device 

Regulations. These costs are included in Selling and administrative expenses.

5 Litigation expenses and awards are the aggregate charges, costs or recoveries associated with litigation settlements. These 

costs are included in Selling and administrative expenses.

6 Special charges represent a variety of costs associated with restructuring actions, including severance and related benefits, 
lease termination fees, asset write-downs and temporary labor on shutdown of operations. It also includes costs related to a 
global  information  technology  transformation,  including  rationalizing  and  transforming  our  enterprise  resource  planning 
software  solutions  and  other  complementary  information  technology  systems.  See  Note  10.  Special  Charges  for  further 
information.

7 Tax law and method changes relate to tax expenses and related unrecognized tax benefits due to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act 

enacted in the United States in December 2017. See Note 11. Income Taxes for further information.

8 Debt refinancing costs are expenses related to the costs incurred to refinance our previously outstanding debt obligations 

during fiscal 2019.  See Note 5. Financing Agreements for further information.

9  (Gain)  loss  on  business  combinations  relates  to  gains  and  losses  recorded  in  Investment  income  (expense)  and  other,  net 
resulting  from  business  combinations  during  fiscal  2019  and  2018.  See  Note  3.  Business  Combinations  for  further 
information.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

(In millions)
Cash Flows Provided By (Used In):

Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

$ 

(Decrease) Increase in Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

$ 

Year Ended September 30
2019

2018

2020

481.7  $ 
(131.2)   
(695.0)   
7.2 
(337.3)  $ 

401.4  $ 
(249.0)   
304.7 

(6.3)   
450.8  $ 

395.2 
(82.4) 
(356.6) 
(5.0) 
(48.8) 

Net cash flows from operating activities and selected borrowings represented our primary sources of funds for growth of the 
business,  including  capital  expenditures  and  acquisitions.  Our  financing  agreements  contain  certain  restrictions  relating  to 
dividend  payments,  the  making  of  restricted  payments  and  the  incurrence  of  additional  secured  and  unsecured  indebtedness. 
None  of  our  financing  agreements  contain  any  credit  rating  triggers  that  would  increase  or  decrease  our  cost  of  borrowings. 
Changes in our credit rating can, however, impact the cost of borrowings and any potential future borrowings under any new 
financing agreements.

Operating Activities

Cash  provided  by  operating  activities  increased  $80.3  million  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2020  compared  to  the 
fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 primarily due to higher net income and higher collections of accounts receivable, partially 
offset by higher inventory levels in anticipation of increased customer demand related to COVID-19. 

Cash  provided  by  operating  activities  increased  $6.2  million  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2019  compared  to  the 
fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 primarily due to higher operating profit and working capital improvements. 

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities decreased $117.8 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 compared to the fiscal 
year ended September 30, 2019 primarily due to the decrease in cash paid for acquisitions of $275.0 million. Refer to the table 
below and Note 3. Business Combinations. The decrease is partially offset by the net proceeds of $166.6 million received from 
the disposition of the surgical consumable products business in August 2019.

Cash used in investing activities increased $166.6 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 compared to the fiscal 
year ended September 30, 2018 primarily due to cash paid for recent acquisitions during fiscal 2019, the acquisition of non-
marketable equity securities of $26.6 million as described in Note 2. Supplementary Financial Statement Information, as well as 
the acquisition of the right to use patented technology and certain related assets from a supplier in our Front Line Care segment 
of  $17.1  million,  as  described  in  Note  3.  Business  Combinations.  These  uses  of  cash  were  offset  by  net  proceeds  of 
$166.6 million from the sale of certain of our surgical consumable products and related assets, as described in Note 3. Business 
Combinations.

Company Name

Date of Acquisition

Cash Paid

Excel Medical
Connecta
Videomed

Fiscal 2020 Totals

Voalte
Breathe

Fiscal 2019 Totals

January 10, 2020
May 18, 2020
July 21, 2020

April 1, 2019
September 3, 2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

13.1 
7.5
7.8
28.4 

175.8 
127.6
303.4 

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Cash  used  in  financing  activities  was  $695.0  million  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2020  primarily  driven  by  the 
repayment of the senior unsecured 5.75% notes of $425.0 million and related prepayment penalty of $12.2 million on October 
7, 2019 with the net proceeds of the senior unsecured 4.375% notes issued in September 2019, as well as repayments of $270.0 
million related to the Revolving Credit Facility during fiscal 2020. Refer to Note 5. Financing Agreements for additional detail 
regarding the fiscal 2019 refinancing and our existing financing agreements.

Cash provided by financing activities was $304.7 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, primarily driven by the 
refinancing activities described in Note 5. Financing Agreements, including $419.7 million of net proceeds from the issuance of 
senior unsecured notes and additional other borrowings, offset by repurchases of our common stock of $117.2 million executed 
under the ongoing program described in Note 13. Common Stock, and dividend payments of $55.4 million.

Our debt-to-capital ratio was 52.1%, 60.8% and 55.0% as of September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018. 

Other Liquidity Matters

Our cash balances and cash flows generated from operations may be used to fund strategic investments, business acquisitions, 
working  capital  needs,  investments  in  technology  and  marketing,  share  repurchases  and  payments  of  dividends  to  our 
shareholders. We believe that our cash balances and cash flows generated from operations, along with amounts available under 
our  financing  agreements,  will  be  sufficient  to  fund  operations,  working  capital  needs,  capital  expenditure  requirements  and 
financing obligations for at least the next 12 months from the date of this filing.

Our cash flows from operating activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 were not materially adversely impacted 
by COVID-19. There have been no changes to our cost of or access to our capital and funding sources. We have not identified 
instability with the financial institutions with whom we maintain our financing relationships.  We believe we can continue to 
service our outstanding borrowings or other financial obligations.

As  of  September  30,  2020,  there  were  no  outstanding  borrowings  on  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  and  available  borrowing 
capacity  was  $1,191.0  million  after  giving  effect  to  the  $9.0  million  of  outstanding  standby  letters  of  credit.  As  of 
September  30,  2019,  there  were  $80.0  million  outstanding  borrowings  on  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  and  available 
borrowing capacity was $1,112.8 million after giving effect to $7.2 million of outstanding standby letters of credit.

Our  long-term  debt  instruments  require  nominal  repayments  over  the  next  12  months,  with  our  next  significant  maturity 
occurring in August 2024.  Since the beginning of the global COVID-19 pandemic in December 2019, we have not experienced 
liquidity  constraints  through  either  the  movement  of  cash  or  under  our  Revolving  Credit  Facility.  Furthermore,  we  have 
successfully extended our 364-day accounts receivable securitization facilities as of April 27, 2020.  As of September 30, 2020, 
we  were  in  compliance  with  all  debt  covenants  under  our  financing  agreements.  See  Note  5.  Financing  Agreements  for 
additional information on our financing agreements and outstanding debt obligations.  

We do not anticipate incurring significant incremental capital expenditures due to the pandemic. We will continue to evaluate 
the allocation of our capital spending and may delay discretionary capital spending or redirect capital spending to support the 
increased demand for certain products used to treat patients diagnosed with COVID-19.

Refer to the section titled “The Impacts of COVID-19 on Hillrom” within Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations for further information.

Over the long term, we intend to continue to pursue inorganic growth in certain areas of our business, but the timing, size or 
success of any acquisition effort and the related potential capital commitments cannot be predicted. Refer to Note 3. Business 
Combinations for additional detail regarding the acquisitions completed during fiscal 2020 and 2019.

In  September  2019,  the  Board  approved  an  additional  $170.0  million  for  share  repurchases.  Refer  to  Item  5  of  Part  I  of  this 
Form 10-K for additional information.

Our primary pension plan invests in a variety of equity and debt securities.  Refer to Note 8. Retirement and Postretirement 
Benefit Plans for additional detail regarding our retirement plans, including our benefit obligations, plan assets funded status 
and estimated future benefit payments, among others.  

38

        
Table of Contents

We intend to continue to pay quarterly cash dividends comparable to those paid in the periods covered by these financial 
statements. However, the declaration and payment of dividends will be subject to the sole discretion of our Board and will 
depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, covenants associated with debt 
obligations, legal requirements and other factors considered relevant by our Board.

On  September  15,  2020,  we  committed  to  a  workforce  reduction  plan,  which  includes  a  voluntary  retirement  program  and 
involuntary severance actions.  The actions under this plan will result in cash expenditures of approximately $35.0 million and 
will be substantially complete in fiscal 2021.

In fiscal 2019, we repatriated $10.2 million of our cash and cash equivalents from outside the United States that was previously 
taxed and paid no related foreign withholding tax. In fiscal 2020, we repatriated $12.2 million of our cash and cash equivalents 
from outside the United States that was previously taxed, and paid no related foreign withholding tax. These repatriated funds 
were used for working capital purposes or debt repayments. As of September 30, 2020, approximately 54.0% of our cash and 
cash equivalents, excluding restricted cash, were held by our foreign subsidiaries. 

With  regard  to  our  non-U.S.  subsidiaries,  it  is  our  practice  and  intention  to  reinvest  the  earnings  in  those  businesses  to  fund 
capital expenditures and other operating cash needs. Because the undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries are considered 
to  be  permanently  reinvested,  no  U.S.  deferred  income  taxes  or  foreign  withholding  taxes  have  been  provided  on  earnings 
subsequent  to  the  enactment  of  the  Tax  Act.  Future  repatriations  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  if  any,  held  by  our  foreign 
subsidiaries will generally not be subject to U.S. federal tax if earned prior to the enactment of the Tax Act. We believe that 
cash on hand and cash generated from U.S. operations, along with amounts available under our financing agreements, will be 
sufficient to fund U.S. operations, working capital needs, capital expenditure requirements and financing obligations.

The U.S. Internal Revenue Service and Treasury Department continue to release proposed guidance with respect to the Tax Act. 
We continue to evaluate what impact, if any, each piece of guidance may have on our related tax positions and our effective tax 
rate if, and when, such guidance is finalized. 

Credit Ratings

In fiscal 2020, Standard and Poor’s Rating Services and Moody’s Investor Service issued credit ratings for Hillrom of BB+ and 
Ba2, respectively, with stable outlooks.

Other Uses of Cash

We  expect  capital  spending  in  fiscal  2021  to  be  approximately  $100.0  million.  Capital  spending  will  be  monitored  and 
controlled as the year progresses.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no material off-balance sheet arrangements.

Contractual Obligations, Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

To  give  a  clear  picture  of  matters  potentially  impacting  our  liquidity  position,  the  following  table  outlines  our  contractual 
obligations as of September 30, 2020:

(In millions)
Contractual Obligations
Long-term debt obligations
Interest payments relating to long-term debt 1
Operating lease liabilities
Pension and postretirement

health care benefit funding 2

Purchase obligations 3
Other obligations 4
Total contractual cash obligations

Payments Due by Period
1 - 3
Years

3 - 5
Years

Less Than
1 Year

Total

More Than
5 Years

$ 

1,890.6  $ 
293.9 
84.5 

23.3 
239.1 
42.2 
2,573.6  $ 

$ 

39

222.5  $ 
71.0 
25.1 

3.1 
224.7 
2.5 
548.9  $ 

125.0  $ 
159.6 
34.6 

1,088.4  $ 
44.7 
14.4 

4.6 
14.4 
16.9 
355.1  $ 

4.7 
— 
15.2 
1,167.4  $ 

454.7 
18.6 
10.4 

10.9 
— 
7.6 
502.2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

1 Interest payments on our long-term debt are projected based on the contractual rates of outstanding debt securities.

2  Excludes  our  master  defined  benefit  retirement  plan  in  the  United  States  because  we  are  not  required  to  make  any  further 
contributions in fiscal 2021.

3 Purchase obligations represent contractual obligations under various take-or-pay arrangements executed in the normal course 
of  business.  These  commitments  represent  future  purchases  in  line  with  expected  usage  to  obtain  favorable  pricing.  Also 
included are obligations arising from purchase orders for which we have made firm commitments. As a result, we believe that 
the purchase obligations portion of our contractual obligations is substantially those obligations for which we are certain to pay, 
regardless of future facts and circumstances. We expect to fund purchase obligations with operating cash flows and current cash 
balances.

4 Other obligations include deferred compensation arrangements, self-insurance reserves and other various liabilities.

We also had commercial commitments related to standby letters of credit as of September 30, 2020 of $9.6 million.

In  addition  to  the  contractual  obligations  and  commercial  commitments  disclosed  above,  we  also  have  a  variety  of  other 
agreements related to the procurement of materials and services and other commitments. Many of these agreements are long-
term  supply  agreements,  some  of  which  are  exclusive  supply  or  complete  requirements-based  contracts.  Also,  we  have  an 
additional  $3.9  million  of  Other  long-term  liabilities  as  of  September  30,  2020,  which  represent  uncertain  tax  positions  for 
which it is not possible to determine in which future period the tax liability might be settled.

In  conjunction  with  our  acquisition  and  divestiture  activities,  we  entered  into  certain  guarantees  and  indemnifications  of 
performance, as well as, non-competition agreements for varying periods of time. Potential losses under the indemnifications 
are  generally  limited  to  a  portion  of  the  original  transaction  price,  or  to  other  lesser  specific  dollar  amounts  for  certain 
provisions.  Guarantees  and  indemnifications  with  respect  to  acquisition  and  divestiture  activities,  if  triggered,  could  have  an 
adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

We  are  also  subject  to  potential  losses  from  adverse  litigation  results  that  are  not  included  in  our  self-insurance  or  other 
reserves, because such potential losses are not quantifiable at this time and may never occur.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our  accounting  policies,  including  those  described  below,  often  require  management  to  make  significant  estimates  and 
assumptions using information available at the time the estimates are made. Such estimates and assumptions significantly affect 
various  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  revenue  and  expenses.  If  future  experience  differs  significantly  from  these 
estimates  and  assumptions,  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  could  be  affected.  Our  most  critical  accounting 
policies are described below.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized as performance obligations are satisfied, either at a point in time or over time, driven by the nature of the 
obligation that is contracted to be provided to our customers. Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to 
receive in exchange for transferring goods or providing services. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer 
a distinct good or service to the customer, and is the unit of account in the contract. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to 
each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied. Certain of 
our  contracts  have  multiple  performance  obligations.  For  contracts  with  multiple  performance  obligations,  we  allocate  the 
contract’s  transaction  price  to  each  performance  obligation  using  our  best  estimate  of  the  standalone  selling  price  of  each 
distinct good or service in the contract.

The majority of our capital equipment revenue is recognized at a point in time, primarily based on the transfer of title, except in 
circumstances where we are also required to install the equipment, for which revenue is recognized upon customer acceptance 
of the installation. Performance obligations involving the provision of services and revenue from rental usage of our products 
are recognized over the time period specified in the contractual arrangement with the customer. Shipping and handling activities 
are considered to be fulfillment activities and are not considered to be a separate performance obligation.

Revenue is presented net of several types of variable consideration including rebates, discounts and product returns, which are 
estimated at the time of sale generally using the expected value method, although the most likely amount method is also used 

40

Table of Contents

for certain types of variable consideration. These estimates take into consideration historical experience, current contractual and 
statutory requirements, specific known market events and trends, industry data, and forecasted customer buying and payment 
patterns.

Certain  costs  associated  with  obtaining  or  fulfilling  a  contract  are  capitalized  until  such  time  as  the  related  performance 
obligations are completed and the related revenue is recognized. 

Contract liabilities represent deferred revenues that arise as a result of cash received from customers at inception of contracts or 
where  the  timing  of  billing  for  services  precedes  satisfaction  of  our  performance  obligations.  Such  remaining  performance 
obligations represent the portion of the contract price for which work has not been performed and are primarily related to our 
installation and service contracts.

Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on a revenue producing transaction between us and our 
customers, including but not limited to sales taxes, use taxes and value added taxes, are excluded from revenue and cost.

Revenue and Accounts Receivable Reserves

For product sales, we record reserves resulting in a reduction of revenue for contractual discounts, as well as price concessions 
and product returns. Likewise, rental revenue reserves, reflecting contractual and other routine billing adjustments, are recorded 
as a reduction of revenue. Reserves for revenue are estimated based upon historical rates for revenue adjustments.

Provisions  for  doubtful  accounts  are  recorded  as  a  component  of  operating  expense  and  represent  our  best  estimate  of  the 
amount of probable credit losses and collection risk in our existing accounts receivable. Receivables are generally reviewed for 
collectability  based  on  historical  collection  experience  for  each  receivable  type  and  are  also  reviewed  individually  for 
collectability.  Account  balances  are  charged  against  the  allowance  when  we  believe  it  is  probable  the  receivable  will  not  be 
recovered. We do not have any off-balance sheet credit exposure related to our customers.

If circumstances change, such as higher than expected payment defaults, claims denials, changes in our business composition or 
processes,  adverse  changes  in  general  economic  conditions,  instability  or  disruption  of  credit  markets,  or  an  unexpected 
material  adverse  change  in  a  major  customer’s  or  payer’s  ability  to  meet  its  obligations,  our  estimates  of  the  realizability  of 
trade receivables could be reduced by a material amount.

Business Combinations, Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Due to our growth strategy, recent acquisitions and the significance of our goodwill on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, this is 
our most critical accounting estimate. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination are recorded at their 
estimated  fair  values  on  the  date  of  acquisition.  The  difference  between  the  purchase  price  amount  and  the  net  fair  value  of 
assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  is  recognized  as  goodwill  on  the  balance  sheet  if  the  purchase  price  exceeds  the 
estimated net fair value or as a bargain purchase gain on the income statement if the purchase price is less than the estimated net 
fair value. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment, often utilizes 
independent  valuation  experts  and  involves  the  use  of  significant  estimates  and  assumptions  with  respect  to  the  timing  and 
amounts of future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, market prices and asset lives, among other items. The judgments 
made  in  the  determination  of  the  estimated  fair  value  assigned  to  the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed,  as  well  as  the 
estimated  useful  life  of  each  asset  and  the  duration  of  each  liability,  could  significantly  impact  the  financial  statements  in 
periods after acquisition, such as through depreciation and amortization expense. The allocation of the purchase price may be 
modified up to one year after the acquisition date as more information is obtained about the fair value of assets acquired and 
liabilities  assumed.  Fair  values  of  acquired  developed  technology  and  customer  relationships  are  estimated  using  the  income 
approach. Management applies significant judgment in estimating the fair value of intangible assets acquired, which involved 
the use of significant estimates and assumptions with respect to the revenue growth rates, the obsolescence factors (specific to 
developed  technology),  the  customer  attrition  rates  (specific  to  customer  relationships),  and  the  discount  rates.    Changes  in 
these judgments or estimates can have a material impact on the valuation of the respective assets and liabilities acquired and our 
results of operations.

We perform an impairment assessment on goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles annually in the third fiscal quarter, or 
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible may be 
below its carrying value. These events or conditions include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in the business 
environment; regulatory environment or legal factors; a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of 
such  losses  or  a  projection  of  continuing  losses;  a  substantial  decline  in  market  capitalization  of  our  stock;  or  a  sale  or 
disposition of a significant portion of a reporting unit.

41

Table of Contents

The  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  impairment  assessments  require  either  evaluating  qualitative  factors  or 
performing  a  quantitative  assessment  to  determine  if  the  carrying  value  is  more  likely  than  not  in  excess  of  its  fair  value. 
Examples  of  qualitative  factors  that  are  considered  include  the  results  and  changes  to  assumptions  used  in  the  most  recent 
quantitative  impairment  test,  current  and  long-range  projected  financial  results,  changes  in  the  strategic  outlook  or 
organizational  structure  of  the  reporting  units  or  business  unit  for  the  indefinite-lived  asset  and  industry  macro-economic 
factors. The long-range financial forecasts of the reporting units, which are based upon management’s long-term view of our 
markets and are used by senior management and the Board to evaluate operating performance, are compared to the forecasts 
used in the prior year analysis to determine if management expectations for the business have changed. Management changes in 
strategic  outlook  or  organizational  structure  represent  internally  driven  strategic  or  organizational  changes  that  could  have  a 
material  impact  on  our  results  of  operations  or  product  offerings.  Industry,  market  changes  and  macroeconomic  indicators 
represent our view on changes outside of the Company that could have a material impact on our results of operations, product 
offerings or future cash flow forecasts. In the event we were to determine that a reporting unit’s or indefinite-lived intangible’s 
carrying value would more likely than not exceed its fair value, quantitative testing would be performed comparing carrying 
values to estimated fair values. Changes in management intentions, market conditions, operating performance and other similar 
circumstances could affect the assumptions used in this qualitative impairment test. 

Quantitative testing of the reporting units consists of a comparison of the fair value of the reporting units to their carrying value. 

In  determining  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  reporting  units  when  performing  a  quantitative  analysis,  we  consider  both  the 
market  approach  and  the  income  approach.  Under  the  market  approach,  we  utilize  the  guideline  company  method,  which 
involves  calculating  valuation  multiples  based  on  operating  data  from  comparable  publicly  traded  companies.    Under  the 
income  approach,  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  is  based  on  the  present  value  of  estimated  future  cash  flows  utilizing  a 
market-based  discount  rate  determined  separately  for  each  reporting  unit.  To  determine  the  estimated  fair  values  of  our 
reporting units, the Company uses assumptions and estimates including the determination of guideline companies and market 
multiples, projected sales, projected gross margins and discount rates.

An impairment charge is recorded for the amount by which a reporting unit's carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of 
the goodwill, not to exceed the carrying amount of its goodwill.

Quantitative testing of indefinite-lived intangibles consists of a comparison of the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible 
asset to its carrying value.  We estimate the fair value of indefinite-lived intangibles using the relief-from-royalty method.  The 
fair  value  derived  is  measured  as  the  discounted  cash  flow  savings  realized  from  owning  such  trade  names  and  not  being 
required to pay a royalty for their use. Assumptions utilized in the determination of fair value include projected sales, discount 
rates and royalty rates.  An impairment charge is recorded for the amount the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of 
the indefinite-lived intangible.  

There are inherent uncertainties related to each of the above listed assumptions and inputs, and our judgment in applying them. 
Changes in the assumptions used in our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets could result in impairment charges that 
could be material to our Consolidated Financial Statements in any given period.

Income Taxes

We  compute  our  deferred  income  taxes  using  an  asset  and  liability  approach  to  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary 
differences  between  the  financial  reporting  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  the  corresponding  income  tax 
amounts.  We  have  a  variety  of  deferred  tax  assets  in  numerous  tax  jurisdictions.  These  deferred  tax  assets  are  subject  to 
periodic  assessment  as  to  recoverability  and  if  it  is  determined  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  benefits  will  not  be 
realized,  valuation  allowances  are  recognized.  In  evaluating  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  we  would  recover  these 
deferred  tax  assets,  future  taxable  income,  the  reversal  of  existing  temporary  differences  and  tax  planning  strategies  are 
considered.

We believe that our estimates for the valuation allowances recorded against deferred tax assets are appropriate based on current 
facts and circumstances. As of September 30, 2020, we had $50.8 million of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets, on a 
tax-effected  basis,  primarily  related  to  certain  foreign  deferred  tax  attributes  and  state  tax  credit  carryforwards  as  it  is  more 
likely than not that some portion or all of these tax attributes will not be realized. 

We  account  for  uncertain  income  tax  positions  using  a  threshold  and  measurement  attribute  for  the  financial  statement 
recognition  and  measurement  of  a  tax  position  taken  or  expected  to  be  taken  in  a  tax  return.  The  difference  between  the  tax 
benefit recognized in the financial statements for an uncertain income tax position and the tax benefit claimed in the tax return 
is referred to as an unrecognized tax benefit.

42

Table of Contents

We also have on-going audits in various stages of completion with the IRS and several state and foreign jurisdictions, one or 
more  of  which  may  conclude  within  the  next  12  months.  Such  settlements  could  involve  some  or  all  of  the  following:  the 
payment  of  additional  taxes  and  penalties,  the  adjustment  of  certain  deferred  taxes  and/or  the  recognition  of  previously 
unrecognized tax benefits. The resolution of these matters, in combination with the expiration of certain statutes of limitations 
in  various  jurisdictions,  make  it  reasonably  possible  that  our  unrecognized  tax  benefits  may  decrease  as  a  result  of  either 
payment or recognition of up to $1.8 million in the next 12 months, excluding interest.

The U.S. Internal Revenue Service and Treasury Department continue to release proposed guidance with respect to the Tax Act. 
We continue to evaluate what impact, if any, each piece of guidance may have on our related tax positions and our effective tax 
rate if, and when, such guidance is finalized. 

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

For  a  summary  of  recently  issued  accounting  guidance  applicable  to  us,  see  Note  1.  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting 
Policies.

Item 7A. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to various market risks, including fluctuations in interest rates, collection risk associated with our accounts and 
notes  receivable  portfolio  and  variability  in  currency  exchange  rates.  We  established  policies,  procedures,  and  internal 
processes governing our management of market risks and the use of financial instruments to manage our exposure to such risks.

We are subject to variability in foreign currency exchange rates due to our international operations. Exposure to this variability 
is periodically managed primarily through the use of natural hedges, whereby funding obligations and assets are both managed 
in  the  local  currency.  From  time-to-time,  we  enter  into  currency  exchange  contracts  to  manage  exposures  arising  from 
fluctuating  exchange  rates  related  to  specific  and  forecasted  transactions.  We  operate  this  program  pursuant  to  documented 
corporate  risk  management  policies  and  do  not  enter  into  derivative  transactions  for  speculative  purposes.  The  sensitivity  of 
earnings  and  cash  flows  to  variability  in  exchange  rates  is  assessed  by  applying  an  appropriate  range  of  potential  rate 
fluctuations  to  our  assets,  obligations  and  projected  results  of  operations  denominated  in  foreign  currencies.  The  maximum 
length of time over which we hedge transaction exposures is generally 15 months. Derivative gains and losses, initially reported 
as  a  component  of  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  are  reclassified  to  earnings  in  the  period  when  the 
transaction affects earnings.

Refer  to  Note  6.  Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activity  and  Note  8.  Retirement  and  Postretirement  Benefit  Plans  for 
additional discussions about our derivative agreements and our pension plan assets. We may need to make additional pension 
plan contributions and our pension expense in future years may increase if market volatility and disruption causes declines in 
asset values and low interest rates result in a high pension obligation. Investment strategies and policies are set by the plan’s 
fiduciaries. Long-term strategic investment objectives utilize a diversified mix of equity and fixed income securities to preserve 
the funded status of the trusts and balance risk and return. The plan fiduciaries oversee the investment allocation process, which 
includes selecting investment managers, setting long-term strategic targets and monitoring asset allocations.

43

Table of Contents

Item 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Statements:

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Statements of Consolidated Income

Statements of Consolidated Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows

Statements of Consolidated Shareholders’ Equity

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements:

Note 1.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Note 2.   Supplementary Financial Statement Information

Note 3.   Business Combinations

Note 4.   Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Note 5.   Financing Agreements

Note 6.   Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity

Note 7.   Leases

Note 8.   Retirement and Postretirement Benefit Plans

Note 9.   Other Comprehensive Income

Note 10. Special Charges

Note 11. Income Taxes

Note 12. Earnings per Common Share

Note 13. Common Stock

Note 14. Segment Reporting

Note 15. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies

Financial Statement Schedule:

Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the 
financial statements or the notes thereto.

Page

45

46

48

49

50

51

52

53

53

 64

65

69

71

73

74

77

82

84

85

88

89

92

94

95

96

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  for  Hill-Rom 
Holdings, Inc. (“we” or “our”). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed, under the supervision of our 
principal executive, principal financial and principal accounting officers, and effected by our Board of Directors, management 
and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of 
our Consolidated Financial Statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States. Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that:

1) Pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 

dispositions of our assets;

2) Provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  our  Consolidated 
Financial  Statements  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  and  that  our 
receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and our Board of 
Directors; and

3) Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition 

of our assets that could have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, our internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 
2020 using criteria established in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  Based  on  these  criteria,  management  concluded  that  we  maintained 
effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2020.

The  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  September  30,  2020  has  been  audited  by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, who also audited our Consolidated Financial 
Statements, as stated in their report included herein.

/s/ John P. Groetelaars
John P. Groetelaars
President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Barbara W. Bodem
Barbara W. Bodem
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

/s/ Richard M. Wagner
Richard M. Wagner
Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

45

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”) as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive income 
(loss), of shareholders' equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2020, including 
the related notes and schedule of valuation and qualifying accounts for each of the three years in the period ended September 
30, 2020 listed in the accompanying index (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have 
audited  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  September  30,  2020,  based  on  criteria  established  in 
Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission (COSO).

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial 
position of the Company as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the 
three years in the period ended September 30, 2020 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States  of  America.  Also  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over 
financial reporting as of September 30, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) 
issued by the COSO.

Changes in Accounting Principles

As  discussed  in  Note  1  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  changed  the  manner  in  which  it  accounts  for 
leases in fiscal 2020 and the manner in which it accounts for revenues from contracts with customers in fiscal 2019. 

Basis for Opinions

The  Company's  management  is  responsible  for  these  consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included 
in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express 
opinions  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  and  on  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities 
laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement, 
whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material 
respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement 
of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. 
Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated 
financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  audit  of  internal 
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the 
risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based 
on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures 
that  (i)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 

46

Table of Contents

preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or 
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or 
complex  judgments.  The  communication  of  critical  audit  matters  does  not  alter  in  any  way  our  opinion  on  the  consolidated 
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate 
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Goodwill Impairment Assessment - Reporting Unit Which Comprises the Surgical Solutions Reportable Segment

As  described  in  Notes  1  and  4  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company’s  consolidated  goodwill  balance  as  of 
September  30,  2020  was  $1,836  million.  The  goodwill  associated  with  the  Surgical  Solutions  reportable  segment  as  of 
September  30,  2020  was  $222  million.  As  disclosed  by  management,  an  impairment  assessment  is  performed  on  goodwill 
annually in the third fiscal quarter, or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the fair value of a reporting 
unit may be below its carrying value. To determine the estimated fair values of the Company’s reporting units, management 
considers both the market and income approach, which require management to develop assumptions and estimates including the 
determination of guideline companies and market multiples, projected sales, projected gross margins, and discount rates.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill impairment assessment 
of  the  reporting  unit  which  comprises  the  Surgical  Solutions  reportable  segment  is  a  critical  audit  matter  are  the  significant 
judgment by management when developing the fair value measurement of the reporting unit; this in turn led to a high degree of 
auditor  judgment,  subjectivity  and  effort  in  performing  procedures  and  evaluating  management’s  significant  assumptions 
related  to  the  determination  of  guideline  companies  and  market  multiples,  projected  sales,  projected  gross  margins,  and  the 
discount rate. In addition, the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall 
opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  These  procedures  included  testing  the  effectiveness  of  controls  relating  to 
management’s  goodwill  impairment  assessment,  including  controls  over  the  valuation  of  the  Company’s  reporting  unit  and 
controls  over  the  development  of  the  assumptions  related  to  the  guideline  companies  and  market  multiples,  projected  sales, 
projected gross margins, and the discount rate. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for 
developing  the  fair  value  estimate;  evaluating  the  appropriateness  of  both  the  market  and  income  approach;  testing  the 
completeness, accuracy, and relevance of underlying data used; and evaluating the significant assumptions used by management 
related  to  the  determination  of  guideline  companies  and  market  multiples,  projected  sales,  projected  gross  margins,  and  the 
discount rate. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to projected sales and projected gross margins involved evaluating 
whether  the  assumptions  utilized  were  reasonable  considering  (i)  the  current  and  past  performance  of  the  business,  (ii)  the 
consistency with external market and industry data, and (iii) whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained 
in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in evaluating the Company’s 
market and income approaches, the determination of guideline companies and market multiples, and the discount rate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chicago, Illinois
November 13, 2020

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1985.  

47

 
Table of Contents

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED INCOME
(In millions, except per share data)

Net Revenue

Product sales and service
Rental revenue
Total net revenue

Cost of Net Revenue
Cost of goods sold
Rental expenses

Total cost of net revenue (excludes acquisition-related intangible asset 
amortization)

Research and development expenses
Selling and administrative expenses
Acquisition-related intangible asset amortization
Special charges
Operating Profit

Interest expense
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Investment income (expense) and other, net

Income Before Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit)

Net Income

Net Income per Basic Common Share

Net Income per Diluted Common Share

Year Ended September 30
2019

2018

2020

$ 

2,571.2  $ 
309.8 
2,881.0 

2,615.0  $ 
292.3 
2,907.3 

2,469.6 
378.4 
2,848.0 

1,259.9 
146.0 

1,330.7 
151.6 

1,274.1 
179.7 

1,405.9 

1,482.3 

1,453.8 

136.5 
820.4 
109.0 
41.5 
367.7 

139.5 
818.6 
122.4 
28.4 
316.1 

(74.0)   
(15.6)   
(6.9)   

(89.6)   
(3.3)   
(14.6)   

135.6 
784.7 
106.9 
77.6 
289.4 

(95.0) 
— 
2.8 

271.2 

208.6 

197.2 

48.2 

56.4 

(55.2) 

223.0  $ 

152.2  $ 

252.4 

3.35  $ 

2.28  $ 

3.81 

3.32  $ 

2.25  $ 

3.73 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Average Basic Common Shares Outstanding (in thousands)

66,631 

66,772 

66,234 

Average Diluted Common Shares Outstanding (in thousands)

67,212 

67,660 

67,612 

 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In millions)

Year Ended September 30
2019

2018

2020

Net Income

$ 

223.0  $ 

152.2  $ 

252.4 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax:

Derivative instruments designated as hedges
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Change in pension and postretirement defined benefit plans

Total Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), net of tax

Total Comprehensive Income

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(36.5)   
34.7 
4.1 
2.3 

(10.4)   
(40.1)   
(13.6)   
(64.1)   

12.5 
(24.0) 
8.5 
(3.0) 

$ 

225.3  $ 

88.1  $ 

249.4 

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In millions, except share amounts)

ASSETS
Current Assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowances of $25.9 and $20.6 in fiscal 2020 and 2019
Inventories, net of reserves of $73.0 and $57.3 in fiscal 2020 and 2019
Other current assets

Total current assets

Property, plant and equipment
Less accumulated depreciation
Property, plant and equipment, net
Goodwill
Other intangible assets and software, net
Deferred income taxes
Other assets
Total Assets
LIABILITIES
Current Liabilities

Trade accounts payable
Short-term borrowings
Accrued compensation
Accrued product warranties
Accrued rebates
Deferred revenue
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt
Accrued pension and postretirement benefits
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term liabilities
Total Liabilities
Commitments and Contingencies
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Capital Stock:
Preferred stock - without par value: Authorized - 1,000,000 shares; none issued or outstanding
Common stock - without par value: Authorized - 199,000,000

September 30,
2020

September 30, 
2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

296.5  $ 
— 
594.9 
352.0 
121.5 
1,364.9 
858.2 
(552.1) 
306.1 
1,835.5 
976.7 
32.9 
155.0 
4,671.1  $ 

236.5  $ 
222.3 
144.9 
30.8 
44.8 
110.1 
162.8 
952.2 

1,655.7 
89.3 
113.0 
134.8 
2,945.0 

214.1 
419.7 
653.3 
269.6 
106.7 
1,663.4 
829.6 
(532.8) 
296.8 
1,800.9 
1,033.5 
33.1 
91.3 
4,919.0 

197.6 
660.4 
130.4 
29.7 
47.7 
107.3 
95.2 
1,268.3 

1,783.1 
80.8 
143.0 
70.5 
3,345.7 

4.4 

4.4 

Issued - 88,457,634 shares as of September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019; Outstanding: 
66,640,832 shares as of September 30, 2020 and 66,625,011 shares as of September 30, 2019                                                                                                                                              

Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

Treasury stock, common shares at cost: 21,816,802 as of September 30, 2020 and 21,832,623 as of 
September 30, 2019
Total Shareholders’ Equity
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

$ 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

667.0 
2,132.2 
(180.2) 

(897.3) 
1,726.1 
4,671.1  $ 

637.4 
1,967.4 
(182.5) 

(853.4) 
1,573.3 
4,919.0 

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS
(In millions)

Operating Activities
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash provided 
by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization of property, plant, equipment and software
Acquisition-related intangible asset amortization
Amortization of debt discounts and issuance costs
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Benefit for deferred income taxes
Loss on disposal of property, equipment, intangible assets, and impairments
Stock compensation
Other operating activities
Change in working capital excluding cash, current debt, acquisitions and dispositions:

Trade accounts receivable
Inventories
Other current assets
Trade accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Other assets and liabilities

Net cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash provided by operating activities
Investing Activities

Purchases of property, plant, equipment and software
Proceeds on sale of property and equipment 
Payment for acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired
Payments for acquisition of intangible assets
Payments for acquisition of investments
Proceeds on sale of businesses
Other investing activities

Net cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash used in investing activities
Financing Activities

Proceeds from borrowing on long-term debt
Payments of long-term debt
Borrowings on Revolving Credit Facility
Payments on Revolving Credit Facility
Borrowings on Securitization Facility
Payments on Securitization Facility
Borrowings on Note Securitization Facility
Payments on Note Securitization Facility
Proceeds from issuance of senior unsecured notes
Payment of debt issuance costs
Prepayment premium on extinguishment of 5.75% Notes
Redemption of 5.75% Notes
Cash dividends
Proceeds on exercise of stock options
Stock repurchases for stock award withholding obligations
Stock repurchases in the open market
Other financing activities

Net cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (used in) provided by financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Net Cash Flows
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash:

At beginning of period
At end of period

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

51

Year Ended September 30
2019

2018

2020

$ 

223.0  $ 

152.2  $ 

252.4 

69.8 
109.0 
4.0 
15.6 
(19.0) 
2.7 
38.4 
27.1 

71.3 
(91.8) 
(14.8) 
24.0 
15.4 
7.0 
481.7 

(105.9) 
2.5 
(28.4) 
— 
— 
0.8 
(0.2) 
(131.2) 

— 
(50.1) 
190.0 
(270.0) 
17.7 
(45.5) 
32.6 
(21.2) 
— 
— 
(12.2) 
(425.0) 
(58.0) 
8.6 
(16.5) 
(54.1) 
8.7 
(695.0) 
7.2 
(337.3) 

72.4 
122.4 
7.1 
3.0 
(18.8) 
3.4 
34.4 
28.3 

(62.3) 
(0.9) 
15.7 
13.2 
28.8 
2.5 
401.4 

(73.4) 
2.9 
(303.4) 
(17.1) 
(26.6) 
166.6 
2.0 
(249.0) 

1,000.0 
(1,038.5) 
420.0 
(340.0) 
5.5 
(5.5) 
68.9 
(62.7) 
425.0 
(12.7) 
— 
— 
(55.4) 
14.5 
(4.7) 
(117.2) 
7.5 
304.7 
(6.3) 
450.8 

89.6 
106.9 
7.4 
— 
(84.8) 
2.7 
28.1 
34.1 

(7.7) 
(18.7) 
(29.4) 
12.5 
(1.6) 
3.7 
395.2 

(89.5) 
4.2 
— 
— 
— 
1.0 
1.9 
(82.4) 

1.0 
(351.0) 
75.0 
(165.0) 
71.6 
(40.7) 
122.4 
(50.0) 
— 
(0.4) 
— 
— 
(51.8) 
40.0 
(14.1) 
— 
6.4 
(356.6) 
(5.0) 
(48.8) 

633.8 
296.5  $ 

183.0 
633.8  $ 

231.8 
183.0 

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In millions, except share amounts)

Common Stock

Shares
Issued

Amount

Additional
Paid-in 
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Treasury 
Stock

Noncontrolling
Interests

Total

Balance as of September 30, 2017
Net income
VIE activity
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax of ($5.9)
Dividends ($0.78 per common share)
Stock repurchases for stock award withholding obligations
Stock compensation on equity-classified awards
Stock option exercises
Distribution of stock awards
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan
Balance as of September 30, 2018
Cumulative effect of ASC 606 adoption, net of tax of $4.8
Cumulative effect of ASU 2016-16 adoption, net of tax of $0.2
Reclassification due to ASU 2018-02 adoption
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax of $7.0
Dividends ($0.83 per common share)
Stock repurchases for stock award withholding obligations
Stock repurchases in the open market
Stock compensation on equity-classified awards
Stock option exercises
Distribution of stock awards
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan
Balance as of September 30, 2019
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax benefit of $9.6
Dividends ($0.87 per common share)
Stock repurchases for stock award withholding obligations
Stock repurchases in the open market
Stock compensation on equity-classified awards
Stock option exercises
Distribution of stock awards
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan
Other
Balance as of September 30, 2020

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  88,457,634  $ 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
  88,457,634 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
  88,457,634 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

  88,457,634  $ 

584.4  $ 
— 
— 
— 
0.6 
— 
27.4 
3.6 
(17.3) 
4.2 
602.9 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
0.5 
— 
— 
33.9 
2.6 
(7.7) 
5.2 
637.4 
— 
— 
0.5 
— 
— 
37.8 
2.9 
(17.1) 
5.5 
— 
667.0  $ 

1,676.2  $ 
252.4 
— 
— 
(52.4) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1,876.2 
(4.9) 
(5.6) 
5.4 
152.2 
— 
(55.9) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1,967.4 
223.0 
— 
(58.5) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
0.3 
2,132.2  $ 

4.4  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
4.4 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
4.4 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
4.4  $ 

52

(110.0)  $ 
— 
— 
(3.0) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(113.0) 
— 
— 
(5.4) 
— 
(64.1) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(182.5) 
— 
2.3 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(180.2)  $ 

(796.8)  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(14.1) 
— 
36.4 
17.3 
2.9 
(754.3) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(4.7) 
(117.2) 
— 
11.9 
7.7 
3.2 
(853.4) 
— 
— 
— 
(16.5) 
(54.1) 
— 
5.7 
17.1 
3.9 
— 
(897.3)  $ 

7.4  $ 
— 
(7.4) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  $ 

1,365.6 
252.4 
(7.4) 
(3.0) 
(51.8) 
(14.1) 
27.4 
40.0 
— 
7.1 
1,616.2 
(4.9) 
(5.6) 
— 
152.2 
(64.1) 
(55.4) 
(4.7) 
(117.2) 
33.9 
14.5 
— 
8.4 
1,573.3 
223.0 
2.3 
(58.0) 
(16.5) 
(54.1) 
37.8 
8.6 
— 
9.4 
0.3 
1,726.1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in millions, except per share data)

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. (the “Company,” “Hillrom,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) was incorporated on August 7, 1969, in the State of 
Indiana  and  is  headquartered  in  Chicago,  Illinois.  We  are  a  global  medical  technology  leader  whose  approximately  10,000 
employees  have  a  single  purpose:  enhancing  outcomes  for  patients  and  their  caregivers  by  Advancing  Connected  Care™.  
Around  the  world,  our  innovations  touch  over  7  million  patients  each  day.  Our  products  and  services  help  enable  earlier 
diagnosis and treatment, optimize surgical efficiency and accelerate patient recovery while simplifying clinical communication 
and  shifting  care  closer  to  home.  We  make  these  outcomes  possible  through  digital  and  connected  care  solutions  and 
collaboration  tools,  including  smart  bed  systems,  patient  monitoring  and  diagnostic  technologies,  respiratory  health  devices, 
advanced equipment for the surgical space and more, delivering actionable, real-time insights at the point of care.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  include  the  accounts  of  Hillrom  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  Intercompany 
accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.  Where  our  ownership  interest  is  less  than  100%,  the 
noncontrolling  interests  are  reported  in  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  Certain  prior  year  amounts  have  been 
reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

Prior Period Reclassification

Beginning in fiscal year 2020, we are presenting Acquisition-related intangible asset amortization as a separate line item on our  
Statements of Consolidated Income for all periods presented. Acquisition-related intangible asset amortization was previously 
included  in  Selling  and  administrative  expenses.  Additionally,  we  will  no  longer  present  Gross  Profit  as  a  subtotal  on  our 
Statements of Consolidated Income.     

The  following  table  presents  Acquisition-related  intangible  asset  amortization  and  Selling  and  administrative  expenses, 
excluding the Acquisition-related intangible asset amortization, for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

Selling and administrative expense, previously reported

Less: Acquisition-related intangible asset amortization
Selling and administrative expense, currently reported

Use of Estimates

Year Ended September 30
2018
2019

$ 

$ 

941.0  $ 

(122.4)   
818.6  $ 

891.6 

(106.9) 
784.7 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the 
financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenue  and  expense  in  the  period.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those 
estimates. Examples of such estimates include, but are not limited to, our allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, inventory 
reserves, accrued warranties, the impairment of intangible assets and goodwill, use of the spot yield curve approach for pension 
expense, income taxes and commitments and contingencies. See below for more information. 

53

 
Table of Contents

Government Programs Related to COVID-19

On  March  25,  2020,  the  U.S.  government  approved  the  Coronavirus  Aid,  Relief  and  Economic  Security  (“CARES”)  Act  to 
provide economic stimulus to address the impact of the pandemic. The governments in certain other non-U.S. countries have 
also approved legislation in their jurisdictions to address the impact of the pandemic. We evaluated our eligibility and assessed 
the  conditions  and  requirements  of  participation  in  many  programs.  For  the  programs  in  which  we  elected  to  participate,  we 
recognized  $3.2  million  in  government  grants  and  cost  abatements  associated  with  state  aid  within  the  Statement  of 
Consolidated Income for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. In addition, we deferred the payment of the employer share 
of the U.S. Federal Insurance Contributions Act (“FICA”) tax payments totaling $13.8 million in accordance with the CARES 
Act within the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2020. We continue to evaluate what impact, if any, the CARES 
Act, or any similar legislation in other non-U.S. jurisdictions, may have on our results of operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider investments in marketable securities and other highly liquid instruments with a maturity of three months or less at 
date of purchase to be cash equivalents. All of our marketable securities may be freely traded.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents funds that are restricted to satisfy designated current liabilities. As of September 30, 2019, restricted 
cash consisted of amounts held in a trust account to redeem all of our previously outstanding senior unsecured 5.75% notes due 
September  2023.  The  restricted  cash  was  used  to  redeem  these  senior  notes  on  October  7,  2019.  See  Note  5.  Financing 
Agreements for additional information.

Trade Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest, unless the transaction is an installment 
sale with extended payment terms. Allowances for doubtful accounts are recorded as a component of Selling and administrative 
expenses and represent our best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses and collection risk in our existing accounts 
receivable. Receivables are generally reviewed for collectability based on historical collection experience for each receivable 
type and are also reviewed individually for collectability. Account balances are charged against the allowance when we believe 
it  is  probable  the  receivable  will  not  be  recovered.  We  do  not  have  any  off-balance  sheet  credit  exposure  related  to  our 
customers.

Within  rental  revenue,  domestic  third-party  payers’  reimbursement  process  requires  extensive  documentation,  which  has  had 
the effect of slowing both the billing and cash collection cycles relative to the rest of the business, and therefore, increasing total 
accounts receivable. Because of the extensive documentation required and the requirement to settle a claim with the primary 
payer  prior  to  billing  the  secondary  and/or  patient  portion  of  the  claim,  the  collection  period  for  a  claim  in  a  portion  of  our 
business may, in some cases, be extended.

We generally hold our trade accounts receivable until they are paid. Certain long-term receivables are occasionally sold to third 
parties; however, any recognized gain or loss on such sales has historically not been material.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at lower of cost or market. Inventory costs are determined by the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method for 
approximately 16% and 30% of our inventories as of September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019. Costs for other inventories 
have been determined principally by the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. If the FIFO method of inventory accounting had 
been  used  for  all  inventories,  they  would  have  been  approximately  $5.5  million  and  $0.3  million  higher  than  reported  as  of 
September 30, 2020 and September 30, 2019. Inventories consist of the following:

Inventories, net of reserves:

Finished products

Work in process

Raw materials

Total inventories, net of reserves

54

Year Ended September 30

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

167.6  $ 

48.4 

136.0 

352.0  $ 

120.5 

42.4 

106.7 

269.6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We record reserves when the facts and circumstances indicate that particular inventories will not be sold at prices in excess of 
current carrying costs. These estimates are based on historical experience and expected future trends.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment is recorded at cost and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the assets using principally 
the straight-line method. Ranges of estimated useful lives are as follows:

Land improvements
Buildings and building equipment
Machinery and equipment
Equipment leased to others

Useful Life
6 - 15 years
10 - 40 years
3 - 10 years
2 - 10 years

When  property,  plant  and  equipment  is  retired  from  service  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  the  cost  and  related  amount  of 
depreciation is eliminated from the asset and accumulated depreciation accounts. The difference, if any, between the net asset 
value and the proceeds on sale are charged or credited to income. 

Total  depreciation  expense  in  fiscal  years  ended  September  30,  2020,  2019  and  2018  was  $60.6  million,  $62.1  million  and 
$78.6  million.  The  major  components  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  the  related  accumulated  depreciation  were  as 
follows:

Land and land improvements

Buildings and building equipment

Machinery and equipment

Equipment leased to others

Total

Goodwill

Year Ended September 30

2020

2019

Cost

Accumulated
Depreciation

Cost

Accumulated
Depreciation

$ 

16.9  $ 

4.4  $ 

16.7  $ 

208.2 

416.3 

216.8 

95.4 

303.4 

148.9 

199.7 

397.0 

216.2 

$ 

858.2  $ 

552.1  $ 

829.6  $ 

3.9 

91.1 

285.2 

152.6 

532.8 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed  in  the  acquisition  of  a  business.  Goodwill  is  not  amortized,  but  is  tested  for  impairment  at  least  annually  or  on  an 
interim basis if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit 
below its carrying value. See Note 4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets for additional information.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value measurements are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

•

•

•

Level  1:  Financial  instruments  with  unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  that  are  accessible  at  the 
measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets and liabilities.

Level 2: Financial instruments with observable inputs other than those included in Level 1 such as quoted prices 
for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or 
can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3: Financial instruments with unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that 
are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Unobservable inputs reflect our own assumptions that 
market  participants  would  use  in  pricing  the  asset  or  liability  (including  assumptions  about  risk).  Unobservable 
inputs shall be developed based on the best information available in the circumstances, which might include our 
own data.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We record cash and cash equivalents, as disclosed on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, as Level 1 instruments and certain other 
investments and derivatives as Level 2 instruments as they are not actively quoted. Except for the adoption of revised disclosure 
guidance related to investments held by our pension plan as discussed in Note 8. Retirement and Postretirement Benefit Plans, 
there have been no significant changes in our classification among assets and liabilities. Refer to Note 5. Financing Agreements 
for disclosure of our debt instrument fair values.

Warranties and Guarantees

We routinely grant limited warranties on our products with respect to defects in material and workmanship. The terms of these 
warranties are generally one year; however, certain components and products have substantially longer warranty periods. We 
recognize  a  reserve  with  respect  to  these  obligations  at  the  time  of  product  sale,  with  subsequent  warranty  claims  recorded 
directly  against  the  reserve.  The  amount  of  the  warranty  reserve  is  determined  based  on  historical  trend  experience  for  the 
covered products. For more significant warranty-related matters, which might require a field corrective action, separate reserves 
are established when such events are identified and the cost of correction can be reasonably estimated.

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  enter  into  various  other  guarantees  and  indemnities  in  our  relationships  with  suppliers, 
service  providers,  customers,  business  partners  and  others.  Examples  of  these  arrangements  would  include  guarantees  of 
product  performance,  indemnifications  to  service  providers  and  indemnifications  of  our  actions  to  business  partners.  These 
guarantees and indemnifications have not historically had a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations, 
nor do we expect them to although indemnifications associated with our actions generally have no dollar limitations.

In  conjunction  with  our  acquisition  and  divestiture  activities,  we  entered  into  select  guarantees  and  indemnifications  of 
performance  with  respect  to  the  fulfillment  of  our  commitments  under  applicable  purchase  and  sale  agreements.  The 
arrangements  generally  indemnify  the  buyer  or  seller  for  damages  associated  with  breach  of  contract,  inaccuracies  in 
representations  and  warranties  surviving  the  closing  date  and  satisfaction  of  liabilities  and  commitments  retained  under  the 
applicable contract. With respect to divestitures, we also routinely enter into non-competition agreements for varying periods of 
time. Guarantees and indemnifications with respect to acquisition and divestiture activities, if triggered, could have an adverse 
impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

A rollforward of changes in our warranty reserve is as follows:

Year Ended September 30
2019
2020

Balance at the beginning of the period
Provision for warranties in the period
Warranty reserves acquired
Warranty reserves assumed 1
Warranty claims incurred in the period
Balance at the end of the period
 1 As a result of the asset acquisition in our Front Line Care segment discussed in Note 3. Business Combinations. 

29.7  $ 
18.6 
— 
— 
(17.5)   
30.8  $ 

$ 

$ 

20.5 
23.0 
0.2 
2.8 
(16.8) 
29.7 

Accrued Rebates

We  provide  rebates  and  sales  incentives  to  certain  customer  groups  and  distributors.  We  also  have  arrangements  where  we 
provide rebates to certain distributors that sell to end-user customers at prices determined under a contract between us and the 
end-user customer. Provisions for rebates are recorded as a reduction in net revenue when revenue is recognized. 

Retirement Plans

We  sponsor  retirement  and  postretirement  benefit  plans  covering  certain  employees.  Expense  recognized  in  relation  to  these 
defined  benefit  retirement  and  postretirement  health  care  plans  is  based  upon  actuarial  valuations  and  inherent  in  those 
valuations  are  key  assumptions  including  discount  and  mortality  rates,  and  where  applicable,  expected  returns  on  assets, 
projected future salary rates and projected health care cost trends. The discount rates used in the valuation of our defined benefit 
pension  and  postretirement  plans  are  evaluated  annually  based  on  current  market  conditions.  In  setting  these  rates  we  utilize 
long-term bond indices and yield curves as a preliminary indication of interest rate movements, and then make adjustments to 
the respective indices to reflect differences in the terms of the bonds covered under the indices in comparison to the projected 
outflow of our obligations. Our overall expected long-term rate of return on pension assets is based on historical and expected 

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

future  returns,  which  are  inflation  adjusted  and  weighted  for  the  expected  return  for  each  component  of  the  investment 
portfolio. Our rate of assumed compensation increase is also based on our specific historical trends wage adjustments.

We account for our defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans by recognizing the funded status of a benefit plan in 
the balance sheet. We also recognize in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) certain gains and losses that arose in 
the period. See Note 8. Retirement and Postretirement Benefit Plans for key assumptions and further discussion related to our 
pension and postretirement plans.

Environmental Liabilities

Expenditures that relate to an existing environmental condition caused by past operations, and which do not contribute to future 
revenue generation, are expensed. A reserve is established when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount 
of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These reserves are determined without consideration of possible loss recoveries from 
third parties.

Specific  costs  included  in  environmental  expense  and  reserves  include  site  assessment,  development  of  a  remediation  plan, 
clean-up  costs,  post-remediation  expenditures,  monitoring,  fines,  penalties  and  legal  fees.  Reserve  amounts  represent  the 
expected undiscounted future cash outflows associated with such plans and actions.

Self Insurance

We are generally self-insured up to certain stop-loss limits for certain employee health benefits, including medical, drug and 
dental.  Our  policy  is  to  estimate  reserves  based  upon  several  factors  including  known  claims,  estimated  incurred  but  not 
reported claims and outside actuarial analysis, which are based on historical information along with certain assumptions about 
future  events.  Such  estimated  reserves  are  classified  as  Other  current  liabilities  and  Other  long-term  liabilities  in  the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to  Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies for additional information.

Treasury Stock

Treasury  stock  consists  of  our  common  shares  that  have  been  issued,  but  subsequently  reacquired.  We  account  for  treasury 
stock purchases under the cost method. When these shares are reissued, we use an average-cost method to determine cost. The 
difference between proceeds and the cost basis of the treasury stock is recorded to Additional paid-in capital.

Revenue Recognition — Sales and Rentals

Revenue  is  presented  in  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  net  of  sales  discounts  and  allowances,  GPO  fees,  price 
concessions, rebates and customer returns for products sales and rental revenue services.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The  Company  disaggregates  revenue  recognized  from  contracts  with  customers  by  geography  and  reportable  segments 
consistent  with  the  way  in  which  management  operates  and  views  the  business.  See  Note  14.  Segment  Reporting  for  the 
presentation of the Company's revenue disaggregation.

Performance Obligations & Transaction Price Determination

Revenue is recognized as performance obligations are satisfied, either at a point in time or over time, driven by the nature of the 
performance obligation that is contracted to be provided to our customers. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract 
to  transfer  a  distinct  good  or  service  to  the  customer,  and  is  the  unit  of  account  in  the  contract.  Revenue  is  measured  as  the 
amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for satisfying the performance obligations.  Certain of our contracts 
have multiple performance obligations. A contract’s transaction price is allocated to the distinct performance obligations and 
recognized as revenue when, or as, each performance obligation is satisfied. We allocate the contract’s transaction price to each 
performance obligation using our best estimate of the standalone selling price of each distinct good or service in the contract.

The majority of our product sales revenue is recognized at a point in time, primarily based on the transfer of title, except in 
circumstances where we are also required to install the equipment, for which revenue is recognized upon customer acceptance 
of the installation. Performance obligations involving the provision of services and revenue from rental usage of our products 
are recognized over the time period specified in the contractual arrangement with the customer.

57

Table of Contents

Revenue is presented net of several types of variable consideration including rebates, discounts and product returns, which are 
estimated at the time of sale generally using the expected value method, although the most likely amount method is also used 
for certain types of variable consideration. These estimates take into consideration historical experience, current contractual and 
statutory requirements, specific known market events and trends, industry data, and forecasted customer buying and payment 
patterns.

Deferred Contract Costs 

Certain  costs  associated  with  obtaining  or  fulfilling  a  contract  with  a  customer  (collectively  referred  to  as  “deferred  contract 
costs”)  are  capitalized  until  such  time  as  the  related  performance  obligations  are  completed  and  the  related  revenue  is 
recognized. Deferred contract costs are recorded as Other current assets and Other assets.

Costs  to  obtain  a  contract  are  primarily  comprised  of  sales  commissions  paid  upon  receipt  of  a  purchase  order  for  certain 
products,  primarily  care  communications.  Commissions  are  expensed  commensurate  with  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition, 
which is generally 12 to 36 months.

Costs to fulfill a contract includes equipment, installation and other costs directly related to certain performance obligations not 
completed.  These  costs  primarily  relate  to  our  care  communications  products  and  other  construction  projects  that  require 
installation or ongoing service maintenance. These costs are expensed commensurate with the timing of revenue recognition, 
which is generally 12 to 24 months.

The following table summarizes deferred contract cost activity for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

September 30, 2020

Ending Balance

Amortization

Statement of Consolidated Income Classification

Costs to obtain a contract

Other current assets

Other assets

Costs to fulfill a contract

Other current assets

Other assets

Contract Balances

$ 

$ 

6.7  $ 

1.8 

26.9  $ 

3.4 

(17.5)  Selling and administrative expenses

— 

(75.2)  Cost of goods sold

— 

Contract liabilities represent deferred revenues that arise as a result of cash received from customers at inception of contracts or 
where  the  timing  of  billing  for  services  precedes  satisfaction  of  our  performance  obligations.  Such  remaining  performance 
obligations represent the portion of the contract price for which work has not been performed and are primarily related to our 
installation and service contracts. These contract liabilities are recorded in Deferred revenue and Other long-term liabilities. We 
expect to satisfy the majority of the remaining performance obligations and recognize revenue related to installation and service 
contracts within 12 to 24 months.

The nature of our products and services does not give rise to contract assets as we typically do not have instances where a right 
to  payment  for  goods  and  services  already  transferred  to  a  customer  exists  that  is  conditional  on  something  other  than  the 
passage of time.

58

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The following table summarizes contract liability activity for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. The contract liability 
balance represents the transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations.

Balance as of September 30, 2019

Deferred revenue acquired

New revenue deferrals

Revenue recognized upon satisfaction of performance obligations

Balance as of September 30, 2020

Accounting & Practical Expedient Elections

Contract 
Liabilities

$ 

$ 

125.8 

2.9 

300.7 

(291.3) 

138.1 

We  account  for  shipping  and  handling  activities  as  fulfillment  costs  within  Cost  of  goods  sold.    These  activities  are  not 
considered to be a separate performance obligation. Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on a 
revenue producing transaction between us and our customers, including but not limited to sales taxes, use taxes and value added 
taxes, are excluded from revenue and cost.

We adopted the significant financing practical expedient under which the impacts of financing are considered immaterial if the 
duration  of  the  financing  is  one  year  or  less.    Customer  payments  are  due  at  various  times  up  to  90  days  from  the  date  of 
invoice, though in some countries and for certain customer types, credit terms are longer based on local industry standard.

Cost of Net Revenue

Cost of goods sold for product sales consists primarily of purchased material costs, fixed manufacturing expense, variable direct 
labor,  overhead  costs  and  costs  associated  with  the  distribution  and  delivery  of  products  to  our  customers.  Rental  expenses 
consist of costs associated directly with rental revenue, including depreciation, maintenance, logistics and service center facility 
and personnel costs.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs relate primarily to internal costs for salaries and direct overhead expenses as well as the cost of 
outside  vendors  to  conduct  R&D  activities.  These  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  In  addition,  certain  costs  for  software 
development technology held for sale are capitalized as intangibles when technological feasibility in the software is established 
and  are  amortized  over  a  period  of  three  years  to  five  years  once  the  software  is  ready  for  its  intended  use.  The  amounts 
capitalized in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018 were approximately $15.3 million, $8.0 million and $2.4 million.

Comprehensive Income

We  include  the  after-tax  effect  of  unrealized  gains  or  losses  on  interest  and  foreign  currency  hedges,  foreign  currency 
translation  adjustments  and  pension  or  other  defined  benefit  postretirement  plans’  actuarial  gains  or  losses  and  prior  service 
costs  or  credits  in  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss).  See  Note  9.  Other  Comprehensive  Income  of  our 
Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of foreign operations is generally the local currency in the country of domicile. Assets and liabilities of 
foreign  operations  are  primarily  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  at  year-end  rates  of  exchange  and  the  income  statements  are 
translated  at  the  average  rates  of  exchange  prevailing  in  the  year.  Adjustments  resulting  from  translation  of  the  financial 
statements  of  foreign  operations  into  U.S.  dollars  are  excluded  from  the  determination  of  net  income,  but  included  as  a 
component  of  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss).  Foreign  currency  gains  and  losses  resulting  from  foreign 
currency  transactions  are  included  in  our  results  of  operations  and  are  not  material.  Foreign  currency  movements  on  items 
designated as net investment hedges were recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

59

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation under fair value provisions. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant 
date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period. We estimate forfeitures on stock-
based compensation, which are based on historical and expected forfeiture rates. In order to determine the fair value of stock 
options on the date of grant, we utilize a Binomial model. In order to determine the fair value of other performance-based stock 
awards on the date of grant, we utilize a Monte Carlo model. Inherent in these models are assumptions related to a volatility 
factor, expected life, risk-free interest rate, dividend yield and expected forfeitures. The risk-free interest rate is based on factual 
data derived from public sources. The volatility factor, expected life, dividend yield and expected forfeiture assumptions require 
judgment utilizing historical information, peer data and future expectations. Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) are measured based 
on the fair market price of our common stock on the date of grant, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange, multiplied by 
the number of units granted. See Note 13. Common Stock for further details. 

Income Taxes

Hillrom and its eligible subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. income tax return. Foreign operations file income tax returns in a 
number of jurisdictions. We have a variety of deferred tax assets in numerous tax jurisdictions which are computed using an 
asset  and  liability  approach  to  reflect  the  net  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  between  the  financial  reporting  carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities and the corresponding income tax amounts. These deferred tax assets are subject to periodic 
assessment as to recoverability. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the benefits will not be realized, valuation 
allowances  are  recognized.  In  evaluating  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  we  would  recover  these  deferred  tax  assets, 
future taxable income, the reversal of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies are considered.

As  of  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2020,  we  had  valuation  allowances  on  deferred  tax  assets,  on  a  tax-effected  basis, 
primarily related to certain foreign deferred tax attributes that are not expected to be utilized. We believe that our estimates for 
the valuation allowances recorded against deferred tax assets are appropriate based on current facts and circumstances.

We  account  for  uncertain  income  tax  positions  using  a  threshold  and  measurement  attribute  for  the  financial  statement 
recognition  and  measurement  of  a  tax  position  taken  or  expected  to  be  taken  in  a  tax  return.  The  difference  between  the  tax 
benefit recognized in the financial statements for an uncertain income tax position and the tax benefit claimed in the tax return 
is referred to as an unrecognized tax benefit. See Note 11. Income Taxes for further details.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity

We use derivative financial instruments to manage the economic impact of fluctuations in currency exchange and interest rates. 
Derivative financial instruments related to currency exchange rates include forward purchase and sale agreements that generally 
have terms no greater than 15 months. Additionally, interest rate swaps and cross-currency interest rate swaps are sometimes 
used to convert some or all of our long-term debt to either a fixed or variable rate.

Derivative  financial  instruments  are  recognized  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as  either  assets  or  liabilities  and  are 
measured  at  fair  value.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivatives  are  recorded  each  period  in  the  Statement  of  Consolidated 
Income or the Statement of Consolidated Comprehensive Income (Loss), depending on whether a derivative is designated and 
considered effective as part of a hedge transaction, and if it is, the type of hedge transaction. The Company's derivatives are 
considered to be highly effective under hedge accounting principles. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial 
instruments  for  speculative  purposes.  As  a  result  of  being  effective,  gains  and  losses  on  derivative  instruments  reported  in 
Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  are  subsequently  included  in  the  Statement  of  Consolidated  Income  in  the 
periods in which earnings are affected by the hedged item. These activities have not had a material effect on our Consolidated 
Financial Statements for the periods presented herein. 

60

Table of Contents

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

In  February  2016,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”) 
2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and subsequently issued related amendments, collectively referred to as “ASC 842”. The objective 
of this guidance is to increase transparency and comparability among organizations through recognizing leased assets, called 
right-of-use  assets  (“ROU”),  and  lease  liabilities  on  the  balance  sheet  and  disclosing  key  information  about  leasing 
arrangements. As a lessee, the new standard requires us to recognize both the ROU assets and lease liabilities in the balance 
sheet for most leases, whereas under previous GAAP only finance lease liabilities (referred to as capital leases) were recognized 
in the balance sheet. In addition, for both lessees and lessors, the definition of a lease has been revised, which may result in 
changes to the classification of an arrangement as a lease. Under the new standard, an arrangement that conveys the right to 
control  the  use  of  an  identified  asset  by  obtaining  substantially  all  of  its  economic  benefits  and  directing  how  it  is  used  is  a 
lease, whereas the previous definition focused on the ability to control the use of the asset or to obtain its output. Quantitative 
and qualitative disclosures related to the amount, timing and judgments of an entity’s accounting for leases and the related cash 
flows  are  expanded  under  the  new  standard.  Disclosure  requirements  apply  to  both  lessees  and  lessors,  whereas  previous 
disclosures  related  only  to  lessees.  The  recognition,  measurement,  and  presentation  of  revenues,  expenses,  and  cash  flows 
arising from a lease have not significantly changed from previous GAAP. 

We  adopted  ASC  842  effective  October  1,  2019  using  the  optional  transition  method  approach.  We  elected  the  package  of 
practical expedients, which applies to both lessees and lessors, to (1) not reassess whether existing contracts contain leases, (2) 
carryforward the existing lease classification, and (3) not reassess initial direct costs associated with existing leases. 

As a lessee, the adoption of the guidance on October 1, 2019 resulted in the recognition of ROU assets of $82.5 million and 
lease liabilities of $85.8 million, which all related to operating leases. The ROU assets were lower than the lease liabilities due 
to the derecognition of deferred rent balances of $3.3 million. As a lessor, there was no impact as a result of the adoption. We 
did  not  recognize  any  adjustment  to  the  comparative  period  presented  in  the  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  our 
adoption method. The guidance did not have a material impact on our Statements of  Consolidated Income. 

See Note 7. Leases for additional information on the impacts of ASC 842.

In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-04,  Intangibles  –  Goodwill  and  Other  (Topic  350):  Simplifying  the  Test  for 
Goodwill Impairment. This standard eliminates Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test and requires a goodwill impairment to be 
measured as the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount 
of its goodwill. ASU 2017-04 is effective for our first quarter of fiscal 2021 and requires a prospective transition method. Early 
adoption is permitted.  We early adopted this standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and the guidance did not have a material 
impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In October 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-16, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Inclusion of the Secured Overnight 
Financing Rate (SOFR) Overnight Index Swap (OIS) Rate as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes. The 
purpose of the standard is to allow the use of the OIS rate based on the SOFR for hedge accounting purposes, which allows 
entities  to  designate  changes  in  the  fair  values  of  fixed-rate  financial  assets  or  liabilities  attributable  to  the  OIS  rate  as  the 
hedged risk.  The amendment recognizes the OIS rate based on the SOFR as likely London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) 
replacements and supports the marketplace transition by adding the new reference rate as a benchmark rate. We adopted this 
standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2020. The adoption of this ASU did not impact our financial statements as we have not yet 
utilized  the  OIS  rate  based  on  the  SOFR  for  borrowings  under  our  lending  arrangements  or  as  a  benchmark  rate  for  hedge 
accounting purposes. In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the 
Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. The purpose of the standard is to provide guidance for the effects of 
the marketplace transition from LIBOR to a new reference rate as a benchmark rate.  ASU 2020-04 is optional and is effective 
for a limited period of time from March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022.  We will continue to monitor, assess, and plan 
for the phase out of LIBOR.

In  May  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  2014-09, 
Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), which provides guidance for revenue recognition. The standard’s core 
principle is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that 
reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. We adopted the 
new standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 using the modified retrospective approach.  The cumulative effect of initially 
applying ASC 606 was an adjustment to decrease the opening Retained earnings by $4.9 million, which is net of a $4.8 million 
tax effect, as of October 1, 2018.

61

Table of Contents

In  January  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-01,  Financial  Instruments  (Topic  825-10)  –  Recognition  and  Measurement  of 
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This standard requires equity securities to be measured at fair value with changes in 
fair value recognized through net income and eliminated the cost method for equity securities without readily determinable fair 
values. In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-03, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Financial Instruments – 
Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. This standard issued 
six technical corrections and improvements to clarify guidance in ASU 2016-01, which primarily impacted the accounting for 
equity  investments,  financial  liabilities  under  fair  value  option,  and  the  presentation  and  disclosure  requirements  of  financial 
instruments. We adopted ASU 2016-01 and ASU 2018-03 prospectively in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 and the new updates 
did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  We  applied  the  practicability  election  within  this 
standard under which our investments in equities that are not recorded under the consolidation or equity method of accounting 
guidance are valued at cost, less impairment, plus or minus observable price changes (in orderly transactions) of an identical or 
similar investment of the same issuer.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts 
and Cash Payments. The purpose of the standard is to reduce diversity in practice in how certain transactions are classified in 
the  statement  of  cash  flows.  The  standard  addresses  specific  issues  including  debt  prepayment  and  extinguishment  costs, 
settlement  of  zero-coupon  debt,  contingent  consideration  payments  made  after  a  business  combination,  proceeds  from  the 
settlement  of  insurance  claims  and  certain  life  insurance  policies,  distributions  received  from  equity  method  investees, 
beneficial  interests  in  securitization  transactions,  and  the  application  of  the  predominance  principle  in  separately  identifiable 
cash flows. We adopted ASU 2016-15 in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 using a retrospective transition method and elected to 
continue to use the nature of distribution approach for distributions received from equity method investees. The impact of the 
adoption of ASU 2016-15 did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In  October  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-16,  Intra-Entity  Transfers  of  Assets  Other  Than  Inventory  (Topic  740).  This 
standard requires immediate recognition of the income tax consequences of intercompany asset transfers other than inventory. 
We adopted ASU 2016-16 in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 using the modified retrospective approach with a cumulative effect 
adjustment  directly  to  retained  earnings.  The  cumulative  effect  of  applying  ASU  2016-16  was  an  adjustment  to  decrease 
prepaid  taxes  by  $5.8  million  and  increase  deferred  tax  assets  by  $0.2  million  with  a  corresponding  decrease  to  the  opening 
balance of Retained earnings of $5.6 million. 

In  November  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-18,  Statement  of  Cash  Flows  (Topic  230):  Restricted  Cash.  This  standard 
requires that companies include amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents, along with cash 
and  cash  equivalents,  when  reconciling  the  beginning-of-period  and  end-of-period  amounts  shown  on  the  statement  of  cash 
flows.  We  retrospectively  adopted  ASU  2016-18  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2019,  resulting  in  no  change  to  our  historical 
Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows. We have included restricted cash with cash and cash equivalents accordingly in our 
Statement of Consolidated Cash Flows for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business. 
This  standard  provides  clarification  on  the  definition  of  a  business  and  provides  guidance  on  whether  transactions  should  be 
recorded as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. We adopted ASU 2017-01 in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. ASU 
2017-01 did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In  February  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2017-07,  Compensation  –  Retirement  Benefits  (Topic  715):  Improving  the 
Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost. This standard requires employers to 
include  only  the  service  cost  component  of  net  periodic  pension  cost  in  operating  expenses,  together  with  other  employee 
compensation costs. The other components of net periodic pension cost, including interest cost, expected return on plan assets, 
amortization  of  prior  service  cost  and  settlement  and  curtailment  effects,  are  to  be  included  in  non-operating  expenses.  The 
amendment  allows  a  practical  expedient  that  permits  an  employer  to  use  the  amounts  disclosed  in  its  pension  and  other 
postretirement  benefit  plan  note  for  the  prior  comparative  periods  as  the  estimation  basis  for  applying  the  retrospective 
presentation requirements. We adopted ASU 2017-07 in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 and applied the practical expedient upon 
adoption. ASU 2017-07 did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. As a result of the adoption of 
ASU  2017-07,  we  reclassified  $0.1  million  for  fiscal  2018  and  $1.6  million  for  fiscal  2017  from  Selling  and  administrative 
expenses  to  Investment  income  (expense)  and  other,  net.    See  Note  8.  Retirement  and  Postretirement  Benefit  Plans  for 
additional information on our retirement and postretirement plans.

In  February  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-02,  Income  Statement  –  Reporting  Comprehensive  Income  (Topic  220).  The 
standard allows entities to reclassify tax effects stranded in accumulated other comprehensive income as a result of tax reform 
to retained earnings. We adopted ASU 2018-02 in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. As a result of the adoption of ASU 2018-02, 

62

Table of Contents

we  reclassified  $5.4  million  from  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  to  Retained  earnings.  We  applied  the 
individual item approach for releasing income tax effects from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-13,  Financial  Instruments  –  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326)  -  Measurement  of  Credit 
Losses of Financial Instruments and has subsequently issued related amendments, collectively referred to as “Topic 326”. Topic 
326 requires entities to measure credit losses for financial assets measured at amortized cost based on expected losses rather 
than incurred losses. For available-for-sale debt securities with unrealized losses, entities will be required to recognize credit 
losses through an allowance for credit losses. Topic 326 is effective for our first quarter of fiscal 2021 and requires a modified 
retrospective transition method. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption to have a material impact on our 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to 
the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The purpose of the standard is to improve the overall usefulness of 
fair value disclosures to financial statement users and reduce unnecessary costs to companies when preparing the disclosures. 
ASU 2018-13 is effective for our first quarter of fiscal 2021 and requires the application of the prospective method of transition 
(for  only  the  most  recent  interim  or  annual  period  presented  in  the  initial  fiscal  year  of  adoption)  to  the  new  disclosure 
requirements  for  (1)  changes  in  unrealized  gains  and  losses  included  in  other  comprehensive  income  and  (2)  the  range  and 
weighted  average  used  to  develop  significant  unobservable  inputs  for  Level  3  fair  value  measurements.  ASU  2018-13  also 
requires  prospective  application  to  any  modifications  to  disclosures  made  because  of  the  change  to  the  requirements  for  the 
narrative description of measurement uncertainty. The effects of all other amendments made by ASU 2018-13 must be applied 
retrospectively to all periods presented. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of 
adoption on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – General (Topic 
715-20):  Disclosure  Framework  –  Changes  to  the  Disclosure  Requirements  for  Defined  Benefit  Plans.  The  purpose  of  the 
standard is to improve the overall usefulness of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plan disclosures to financial 
statement users and reduce unnecessary costs to companies when preparing the disclosures. ASU 2018-14 is effective for our 
fourth quarter of fiscal 2021 and requires a retrospective transition method. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently in the 
process of evaluating the impact of adoption on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): 
Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. The 
update  aligns  the  requirements  for  capitalizing  implementation  costs  incurred  in  a  hosting  arrangement  for  capitalizing 
implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use 
software  license).  ASU  2018-15  is  effective  for  our  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2021  and  allows  a  retrospective  or  a  prospective 
transition method to all implementation costs incurred after the date of adoption. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently 
in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In  November  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-18,  Collaborative  Arrangements  (Topic  808):  Clarifying  the  Interaction 
between  Topic  808  and  Topic  606.  The  purpose  of  the  standard  is  to  (1)  clarify  that  transactions  between  participants  in  a 
collaborative agreement should be accounted for under Topic 606 and (2) add unit-of-account guidance in Topic 808 to align 
with Topic 606.  ASU 2018-18 is effective for our first quarter of fiscal 2021 and must be applied retrospectively to the first 
quarter of fiscal 2020, the date of initial application of Topic 606.  Early adoption is permitted. We are currently in the process 
of evaluating the impact of adoption on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.  
The purpose of the standard is to remove certain exceptions to the general principles of Topic 740: Income Taxes in order to 
reduce the cost and complexity of its application and to maintain or improve the usefulness of the information provided to users 
of financial statements.  ASU 2019-12 is effective for our first quarter of fiscal 2022 and will be applied either retrospectively 
or prospectively depending on the specific Topic 740 exception affected.  Early adoption is permitted.  We are currently in the 
process of evaluating the impact of adoption on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies that do not require 
adoption until a future date are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements 
upon adoption.

63

Table of Contents

Note 2. Supplementary Financial Statement Information

Supplemental Balance Sheet Information

Investments 

During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, we acquired $26.6 million of non-marketable equity securities that are valued 
at cost.   

During  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2020,  we  sold  an  equity  investment  with  a  carrying  value  of  $3.1  million  and 
recognized a loss of $0.3 million and recognized an impairment loss of $1.7 million on a cost method investment. These losses 
were recorded as a component of Investment income (expense) and other, net.

As of September 30, 2020 and 2019, investments totaling $49.0 million and $51.1 million were recorded as a component of 
Other assets. 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Cash paid for income taxes

Cash paid for interest

Non-cash investing activities:

Change in capital expenditures not paid

Sale of equity method investment

Total non-cash investing activities:

Non-cash financing activities:

Year Ended September 30

2020

2019

2018

$ 

88.0  $ 

54.4  $ 

72.4 

91.8 

$ 

$ 

4.9  $ 

8.0  $ 

2.1 

— 

7.0  $ 

8.0  $ 

44.8 

90.4 

(1.6) 

— 

(1.6) 

56.6 

36.2 

Treasury stock issued under stock compensations plans

$ 

26.7  $ 

22.7  $ 

Distribution of shares issued under stock-based compensation plans

30.0 

15.4 

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Note 3. Business Combinations

Acquisitions

Assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  in  a  business  combination  are  recorded  at  their  estimated  fair  values  on  the  date  of 
acquisition. The difference between the purchase price amount and the net fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
is recognized as goodwill on the balance sheet if the purchase price exceeds the estimated net fair value or as a bargain purchase 
gain on the income statement if the purchase price is less than the estimated net fair value. The allocation of the purchase price 
may be modified up to one year after the acquisition date as more information is obtained about the fair value of assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed.

During fiscal 2020 and 2019, we acquired the following companies:

Fiscal Year Company Name
2020

Excel Medical

2020

Connecta

Description of the Business

Clinical communications software company 
located in the United States
Clinical communications software company 
based in Mexico.

2020

2019

2019

Videomed 1

Voalte

Breathe

Developer of integrated video solutions in 
operating rooms located in Italy.
Clinical communications software company 
located in the United States.
Developer and manufacturer of a patented 
wearable, non-invasive ventilation technology 
that supports improved patient mobility, which 
is located in the United States.

Description of the Acquisition
Purchased all of the outstanding equity 
interest.
Purchased the multiplatform medical device 
integration and connectivity software 
programs, products, and solutions of the 
company.

Purchased all of the outstanding equity 
interest.
Purchased all of the outstanding equity 
interest.
Purchased all of the outstanding equity 
interest.

1 On July 21, 2020, we acquired the remaining 74% outstanding equity interest in Videomed for total aggregate consideration 
of $10.7 million. As a result of the transaction, the previously held 26% equity investment was adjusted to reflect the fair 
value as of the acquisition date and a gain of $3.0 million was recognized in Investment income (expense) and other, net for 
the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020. The fair value of the previously held equity investment was estimated using the 
discounted cash flow method of the income approach that incorporated a discount for the lack of marketability.

65

Table of Contents

The following tables summarize additional details for each acquisition that closed during the fiscal years ended September 30, 
2020 and 2019:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         

Acquisition Details:

Date of acquisition

Cash paid
Contingent consideration 1
Total consideration 2

Contingent consideration payable up to: 3

Segment information:

Company Name

Excel Medical

Connecta

Videomed

January 10, 2020 May 18, 2020

July 21, 2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

13.1  $ 
6.1 
19.2  $ 

15.0  $ 

7.5  $ 
0.2 
7.7  $ 

4.0  $ 

7.8 
2.9 
10.7 

3.7 

Patient Support 
Systems

Front Line Care

Surgical 
Solutions

The following summarizes the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for each fiscal 2020 acquisition: 4

Trade accounts receivable
Inventories
Other current assets
Goodwill 5
Developed technology 6
Other assets
Trade accounts payable
Deferred revenue
Other current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities

Fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed
Less: Fair value adjustment of previously held investment 
Total purchase price, net of cash acquired

$ 

$ 

0.6  $ 
0.2 
0.1 
10.5 

10.9 
0.1 
— 
(2.7)   
(0.5)   
— 
19.2 
— 
19.2  $ 

—  $ 
— 
— 
4.8 

2.9 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
7.7 
— 
7.7  $ 

2.5 
0.9 
0.2 
10.0 

4.4 
0.6 
(1.2) 
(0.2) 
(1.1) 
(2.4) 
13.7 
(3.0) 
10.7 

$ 

0.3  $ 

2.2  $ 

Acquisition costs for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020:
Acquisition and integration costs recognized in Selling and 
0.4 
administrative expenses
1 This amount represents the fair value of the contingent consideration on the acquisition date. For Excel Medical, contingent 
consideration also includes $1.6 million, which was withheld at the close of the transaction and is payable upon completion 
of a supply contract modification. As of September 30, 2020, we recognized $1.4 million of acquisition and integration costs 
for the fair value adjustment of the Excel Medical contingent consideration. The fair value adjustments related to Connecta 
and Videomed contingent consideration were not significant as of September 30, 2020.
2 The purchase price for fiscal 2020 acquisitions are subject to post-closing adjustments.
3  The  contingent  consideration  will  be  payable  if  commercial  milestones  defined  in  the  sale  and  purchase  agreements  are 
achieved within the specified time period following the date of acquisition. For Excel Medical, Connecta and Videomed, the 
specified time periods are 2 years, 3.5 years and 2 years, respectively.
4  The  fair  values  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  are  still  considered  to  be  preliminary.  The  values  reflect  net 
working  capital  and  fair  value  adjustments  as  of  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2020.  We  do  not  expect  further 
adjustments to be significant.
5 Goodwill recognized in our acquisitions is attributable to the following:
žExcel  Medical  -  Accelerating  our  leadership  in  care  communications  platform  and  advancing  our  digital  and  mobile 
communications platform and capabilities.
žConnecta - Advancing connected care in Mexico as well as creating lower cost opportunities to expand to other emerging 
markets.
žVideomed - Expanding our operating room integration platform and our market leadership in advancing connected care.

Goodwill in connection with the Excel Medical and Connecta acquisitions is deductible for tax purposes in the United States.  
Goodwill for the Videomed acquisition is not deductible for tax purposes in Italy.
6 Useful lives for the acquired developed technology intangible assets range from 5 years to 10 years.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Acquisition Details:

Date of acquisition
Cash paid
Contingent consideration 
Total consideration 1

Contingent consideration payable up to: 2

Segment information:

Company Name

Voalte

Breathe

April 1, 2019

September 3, 2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

175.8  $ 
5.2 
181.0  $ 

15.0  $ 

127.6 
— 
127.6 

— 

Patient Support 
Systems

Front Line Care

The following summarizes the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for each fiscal 2019 acquisition:

Trade accounts receivable
Inventories
Other current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Goodwill 3
Non-competition agreements 4
Trade name 4
Customer relationships 4
Developed technology 4
Other assets
Trade accounts payable
Deferred revenue
Other current liabilities
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term liabilities

Total purchase price, net of cash acquired

Acquisition costs for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020:

Acquisition and integration costs recognized in Selling and administrative 
expenses 5
Acquisition and integration costs recognized in Special charges

Acquisition costs for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019:

$ 

$ 

$ 

5.8  $ 
0.1 
2.7 
0.2 
98.5 
2.7 
13.5 
29.0 
55.0 
— 
(1.7)   
(10.7)   
(4.3)   
(9.8)   
— 
181.0  $ 

(8.4)  $ 

— 

0.3 
5.7 
0.1 
2.1 
59.8 
— 
4.0 
0.4 
56.0 
0.2 
(0.5) 
— 
(1.6) 
1.9 
(0.8) 
127.6 

2.5 

3.1 

Acquisition and integration costs recognized in Selling and administrative 
expenses 5
Acquisition and integration costs recognized in Special charges 
1 The purchase price for fiscal 2019 acquisitions are considered final. 
2 Contingent consideration was not paid as the commercial milestones were not met within 1 year of the acquisition date.
3 Goodwill recognized in our acquisitions is attributable to the following: 
žVoalte - Enhancing synergies, accelerating our leadership in care communications platform and advancing our digital and 
mobile communications platform and capabilities. 
žBreathe - Enhancing synergies and accelerating our leadership in respiratory health products.

12.1  $ 

1.7 

6.4 

— 

$ 

Goodwill associated with the acquisitions of Voalte and Breathe is not deductible for tax purposes in the United States.
4  The  intangible  asset  useful  lives  for  non-competition  agreements,  trade  name,  customer  relationships  and  developed 
technology range from 2 years to 11 years.
5 Acquisition and integration costs recognized for Voalte during fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 include $(8.4) million and $3.2 
million related to fair value adjustments to contingent consideration. Hillrom did not pay any contingent consideration as the 
commercial milestones were not met within 1 year of the acquisition date.

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Asset Acquisition

On October 1, 2018, we acquired the right to use patented technology and certain related assets from a supplier to our Front 
Line  Care  segment.  We  paid  $17.1  million  of  cash  and  committed  to  guaranteed  minimum  future  royalty  payments  of 
$22.0 million, which are presented in Other intangible assets and software, net and are being amortized over the 7-year term of 
the agreement.

Dispositions

On  August  2,  2019,  we  completed  a  disposition  to  sell  certain  of  our  surgical  consumable  products  and  related  assets  for  a 
purchase price of $166.6 million, which is net of cash and working capital adjustments. In fiscal 2019, we recorded a pre-tax 
loss on this disposition of $15.9 million, including transaction costs of $4.0 million, in Investment income (expense) and other, 
net. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, we recorded an additional loss of $4.2 million related to this transaction 
primarily  due  to  income  taxes.  This  disposition  did  not  have  a  significant  effect  on  our  operations  or  financial  results,  and, 
therefore, has not been reported as a discontinued operation.

In  fiscal  2018,  we  conveyed  certain  net  assets  related  to  our  third-party  rental  business  that  was  part  of  our  Patient  Support 
Systems  segment,  which  was  comprised  of  purchased  moveable  medical  equipment  that  could  be  rented  to  customers,  to 
Universal  Hospital  Services,  Inc.  (“UHS”)  in  exchange  for  UHS’s  agreement  to  dismiss  its  previously  disclosed  litigation 
against us (“Settlement Agreement”). As a result, we recorded a loss of $24.5 million in Special charges, which included $20.9 
million  related  to  the  non-cash  loss  reserve  for  the  assets  conveyed,  and  other  Settlement  Agreement  related  costs  of 
approximately $3.6 million. The transaction closed in fiscal 2018.     

68

                                                        
Table of Contents

 Note 4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

As discussed in Note 14. Segment Reporting, we operate in three reportable business segments. Goodwill impairment testing is 
performed at the reporting unit level. Goodwill is assigned to reporting units at the date the goodwill is initially recorded and is 
reallocated as necessary based on the composition of reporting units over time. Once goodwill is assigned to reporting units, it 
no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition, and all of the activities within a reporting unit, whether acquired 
or organically grown, are available to support the value of the goodwill.  

The following summarizes goodwill activity by reportable segment:

Balances as of September 30, 2018

Goodwill

Accumulated impairment losses

Goodwill, net as of September 30, 2018

Changes in Goodwill in the period:

Goodwill related to acquisitions

Goodwill related to disposition

Currency translation effect

Balances as of September 30, 2019

Goodwill

Accumulated impairment losses

Goodwill, net as of September 30, 2019

Changes in Goodwill in the period:

Goodwill related to acquisitions 

Currency translation effect

Balances as of September 30, 2020

Goodwill

Accumulated impairment losses

Goodwill, net as of September 30, 2020

Patient 
Support 
Systems

Front Line 
Care

Surgical 
Solutions 

Total

$ 

544.4  $ 

1,370.6  $ 

296.1  $ 

2,211.1 

(472.8)   

— 

71.6 

1,370.6 

— 

296.1 

(472.8) 

1,738.3 

98.4 

— 

60.2 

— 

(2.3)   

(6.1)   

— 

(81.7)   

(5.9)   

158.6 

(81.7) 

(14.3) 

640.5 

(472.8)   

167.7 

1,424.7 

— 

1,424.7 

10.6 

2.4 

4.4 

3.5 

208.5 

— 

208.5 

10.0 

3.7 

2,273.7 

(472.8) 

1,800.9 

25.0 

9.6 

653.5 

1,432.6 

(472.8)   
180.7  $ 

— 
1,432.6  $ 

$ 

222.2 

— 
222.2  $ 

2,308.3 

(472.8) 
1,835.5 

Testing  for  goodwill  is  performed  annually,  or  on  an  interim  basis  upon  the  occurrence  of  a  triggering  event  or  change  in 
circumstances that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The annual 
evaluation of goodwill for impairment was performed as of April 30, 2020 and did not result in any impairment. 

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Slower  recovery  resulting  from  extended  project  delays,  an  increase  in  discount  rates,  unfavorable  changes  in  earnings 
multiples, or a decline in future cash flow projections, among other factors, may cause a change in circumstances indicating that 
the  carrying  value  of  our  goodwill  may  not  be  recoverable.  If  future  financial  assumptions  significantly  differ  from  those 
evaluated  in  the  assessment  noted  above  due  to  duration  or  magnitude  of  the  impact  of  COVID-19,  we  can  provide  no 
assurance that a future goodwill impairment charge would not be incurred.

The  below  table  summarizes  our  changes  in  goodwill  related  to  the  acquisitions  that  occurred  during  the  fiscal  years  ended 
September 30, 2020 and 2019. Refer to Note 3. Business Combinations for additional information regarding these acquisitions.

Voalte

.
Breathe

Excel Medical

Connecta

Videomed

Company Name

Date of Acquisition

April 1, 2019

September 3, 2019

January 10, 2020 May 18, 2020

July 21, 2020

Segment assigned Goodwill

Percentage of Goodwill 
assigned to segment

Patient Support 
Systems 

Front Line Care

Patient Support 
Systems

Front Line Care

Surgical 
Solution

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, we completed a disposition to sell certain of our surgical consumable products 
and related assets. All goodwill associated with this disposition was included in our Surgical Solutions segment. Refer to Note 
3. Business Combinations for additional information.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets are stated at cost and consist predominantly of software, patents, acquired technology, trademarks, trade names 
and acquired customer relationship assets. With the exception of certain indefinite-lived trade names, our intangible assets are 
amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  periods  generally  ranging  from  1  to  20  years  and  our  capitalized  software  costs  are 
amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 3 to 10 years. 

Many  of  our  intangible  assets  are  not  deductible  for  income  tax  purposes.  A  summary  of  intangible  assets  and  the  related 
accumulated amortization follows:

September 30

2020

2019

Customer relationships

Trademarks and trade names

Developed technology
Software 1

Software for internal use 
Software to be sold 

Other 2

Total definite-lived

Indefinite-lived 3

Cost

Accumulated 
Amortization

Cost

Accumulated 
Amortization
333.8 

$ 

633.2  $ 

358.7  $ 

658.1  $ 

45.3 

287.9 

159.3 

55.1 

25.8 

25.7 

116.5 

119.2 

29.5 

17.7 

51.5 

278.6 

136.6 

39.9 

28.4 

$ 

1,206.6  $ 

667.3  $ 

1,193.1  $ 

437.4 

— 

437.4 

24.0 

79.5 

115.4 

27.6 

16.7 

597.0 

— 

Total identifiable intangible assets
597.0 
1 Software consists mainly of capitalized costs associated with internal use software, including applicable costs associated 
with the implementation and upgrade of our enterprise resource planning systems. In addition, software includes capitalized 
development  costs  for  software  products  to  be  sold.  Software  amortization  expense  was  $9.2  million,  $10.3  million  and 
$11.1  million  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  September  30,  2020,  2019  and  2018  and  was  primarily  included  in  Selling  and 
administrative expenses. 

1,630.5  $ 

1,644.0  $ 

667.3  $ 

$ 

2  Other intangible assets primarily comprised of patents, non-competition agreements and intellectual property rights.
3  Indefinite-lived intangible assets represent primarily the Welch Allyn trade name with a carrying value of $434.0 million 
as of September 30, 2020 and 2019. 

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Testing for indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment is performed annually, or on an interim basis upon the occurrence of a 
triggering  event  or  change  in  circumstances  that  would  more  likely  than  not  reduce  the  fair  value  of  the  indefinite-lived 
intangible  asset  below  its  carrying  amount.  The  annual  evaluation  of  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  was  performed  as  of 
April 30, 2020 and did not result in any impairment. 

Amortization  expense  for  definite-lived  intangible  assets  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  September  30,  2020,  2019  and  2018  was 
$118.2  million,  $132.7  million  and  $117.9  million.  Amortization  expense  for  definite-lived  intangible  assets  is  expected  to 
approximate the following for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter:

2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026 and beyond

Note 5. Financing Agreements

Total debt consists of the following:

Current portion of long-term debt1
Securitization Facility

Note Securitization Facility

Total Short-term borrowings

Revolving credit facility, matures August 2024

Senior secured Term Loan A, long-term-portion, matures August 2024

Senior unsecured 5.00% notes due on February 15, 2025

Senior unsecured 4.375% notes due on September 17, 2027

Unsecured 7.00% debentures due on February 15, 2025

Unsecured 6.75% debentures due on December 15, 2027

Other

Total Long-term debt
Total debt

Amount

$ 

121.5 
105.1 
85.9 
72.0 
58.1 
96.7 

September 30,
2020

September 30, 
2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

50.1  $ 

82.2 

90.0 

222.3  $ 

—  $ 

895.4 

297.5 

419.5 

13.4 

29.7 

0.2 

471.7 

110.0 

78.7 

660.4 

80.0 

944.0 

296.9 

418.7 

13.5 

29.7 

0.3 

$ 
$ 

1,655.7  $ 
1,878.0  $ 

1,783.1 
2,443.5 

1 For September 30, 2019, includes the Senior unsecured 5.75% notes due on September 17, 2023

Short-Term Borrowings 

Securitization Facilities

In April 2020, we renewed our 364-day accounts receivable securitization program (the “Securitization Facility”) with certain 
financial institutions for borrowings up to $110.0 million. We also renewed our additional 364-day facility for borrowings up to 
$90.0 million (the “Note Securitization Facility”) in April 2020. The terms and conditions of the renewed April 2020 facilities 
are substantially similar to the May 2019 facilities. Under the terms of each the Securitization Facility and Note Securitization 
Facility, certain of our accounts receivable secure the amounts borrowed and cannot be used to pay our other debts or liabilities. 
The amount of permissible borrowings outstanding is determined based on the amount of qualifying accounts receivable at any 
point in time. Borrowings outstanding under the Securitization Facility and Note Securitization Facility bear interest at 1-month 
U.S. LIBOR plus the applicable margin of 0.8% and 0.9% and are included as a component of Short-term borrowings, while the 
accounts receivable securing these obligations remain as a component of Trade accounts receivable, net of allowances.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Long-Term Debt

As  of  September  30,  2020,  there  were  no  outstanding  borrowings  on  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  and  available  borrowing 
capacity  was  $1,191.0  million  after  giving  effect  to  the  $9.0  million  of  outstanding  standby  letters  of  credit.  As  of 
September  30,  2019,  there  were  $80.0  million  outstanding  borrowings  on  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  and  available 
borrowing capacity was $1,112.8 million after giving effect to $7.2 million of outstanding standby letters of credit.

In  August  2019,  we  entered  into  a  senior  credit  agreement  (the  “Senior  Credit  Agreement”)  for  purposes  of  refinancing  our 
then-existing senior secured credit facilities maturing in 2021 (the “Prior Senior Secured Credit Facilities”). The Prior Senior 
Secured  Credit  Facilities  consisted  of  a  senior  secured  term  loan  facility  (“2021  TLA  Facility”)  with  an  original  principal 
amount  of  $1,462.5  million  and  a  Senior  Secured  Revolving  Credit  Facility  (“2021  Revolving  Credit  Facility”)  providing 
borrowing capacity of up to $700.0 million, both maturing in September 2021. In fiscal 2019, we paid the outstanding balance 
of $1,038.4 million on the 2021 TLA Facility.

The Senior Credit Agreement consists of two facilities as follows:

•
•

$1,000.0 million senior secured Term Loan A facility, maturing in August 2024 (“2024 TLA Facility”)
Revolving Credit Facility, providing borrowing capacity of up to $1,200.0 million, maturing in August 2024 (“2024 
Revolving Credit Facility”)

In  connection  with  the  refinancing  of  the  Prior  Senior  Secured  Credit  Facilities,  we  recorded  $3.3  million  in  Loss  on 
extinguishment of debt primarily related to the debt issuance costs previously capitalized for the 2021 TLA Facility in fiscal 
2019.  We  capitalized  debt  issuance  costs  of  $2.5  million  in  connection  with  the  2024  TLA  Facility  and  $3.7  million  in 
connection with the 2024 Revolving Credit Facility.  

The Senior Credit Agreement facilities bear interest at variable rates which currently approximate 1.4%. These interest rates are 
based primarily on LIBOR, but under certain conditions could also be based on the U.S. Federal Funds Rate or the U.S. Prime 
Rate, at our option. We are able to voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the 2024 TLA Facility at any time. In fiscal 2020, 
we made the required minimum payments of  $50.0 million on the 2024 TLA Facility. In fiscal 2019, we made no payments on 
the 2024 TLA Facility. 

The following table summarizes the maturities of the 2024 TLA Facility for fiscal 2021 through 2024:

2021
2022
2023
2024

Long-Term Debt Redemption

Amount

$ 

50.0 
50.0 
75.0 
775.0 

In September 2019, we issued senior unsecured notes of $425.0 million maturing September 2027 that bear interest at a fixed 
rate of 4.375% annually and capitalized debt issuance costs of $6.3 million. On October 7, 2019, we used the net proceeds from 
the  offering  of  these  notes,  together  with  funds  borrowed  from  the  2024  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  to  redeem  all  of  our 
previously  outstanding  senior  unsecured  5.75%  notes  due  September  2023  (the  “2023  Notes”)  and  pay  the  prepayment 
premium  of  $12.2  million.  The  30-day  notice  required  to  redeem  the  2023  Notes  was  filed  on  September  7,  2019  and,  as  a 
result,  the  outstanding  liability  of  $421.6  million  as  of  September  30,  2019  was  classified  as  current  within  short-term 
borrowings.  In  October  2019,  we  recorded  a  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt  of  $15.6  million,  which  was  comprised  of  a 
$12.2 million prepayment premium and $3.4 million of debt issuance costs previously capitalized.

Fair Value

The fair value of our debt is estimated based on the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on the current rates 
offered to us for debt of the same remaining maturities. The book values of our Securitization Facility, 2024 TLA Facility, and 
2024 Revolving Credit Facility approximate fair value. 

72

 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The estimated fair values of our long-term debt instruments are described in the table below:

Senior unsecured 5.00% notes due on February 14, 2025

Senior unsecured 4.375% notes due on September 15, 2027

Unsecured debentures

Total

September 30,
2020

September 30, 
2019

$ 

$ 

310.1  $ 

441.2 

48.0 

799.3  $ 

312.4 

435.4 

48.1 

795.9 

The  estimated  fair  values  of  our  long-term  unsecured  debentures  were  based  on  observable  inputs  such  as  quoted  prices  in 
markets that are not active. The estimated fair values of our Senior Notes were based on quoted prices for similar liabilities. 
These fair value measurements were classified as Level 2, as described in Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

Debt Covenants

The facilities provided by the Senior Credit Agreement are held with a syndicate of banks, which includes 13 institutions. Our 
general  corporate  assets,  with  exceptions  including  those  of  certain  of  our  subsidiaries,  collateralize  these  obligations.  The 
Senior  Credit  Agreement  contains  financial  covenants  that  specify  a  maximum  secured  net  leverage  ratio  and  a  minimum 
interest coverage ratio. These financial covenants are measured at the end of each quarter. The required maximum secured net 
leverage  ratio  is  3.00x  and  the  required  minimum  interest  coverage  ratio  is  4.00x.  As  of  September  30,  2020,  we  were  in 
compliance with all debt covenants under our financing agreements.

Note 6. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity 

We  are  exposed  to  various  market  risks,  including  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  and  variability  in  foreign  currency  exchange 
rates.  We  established  policies,  procedures  and  internal  processes  governing  our  management  of  market  risks  and  the  use  of 
financial  instruments  to  manage  our  exposure  to  such  risks.  We  employ  cash  flow  hedges,  net  investment  hedges,  and  other 
undesignated derivative instruments to manage these risks. 

Cash Flow Hedges

To manage our exposure to market risk from fluctuations in interest rates, we enter into interest rate swaps that are designated 
as cash flow hedges. As of September 30, 2020, we had interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of 
$750.0 million to hedge the variability of cash flows through August 2024 associated with a portion of the variable interest rate 
payments on outstanding borrowings under our Senior Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2019, we had interest rate swap 
agreements,  with  an  aggregate  notional  amount  of  $750.0  million  to  hedge  the  variability  of  cash  flows  associated  with  a 
portion of the variable interest rate payments on outstanding borrowings under our Senior Credit Agreement through September 
2021. 

We  are  subject  to  variability  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  due  to  our  international  operations.  We  enter  into  currency 
exchange  contracts  that  are  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  to  manage  our  exposure  arising  from  fluctuating  exchange  rates 
related  to  specific  and  projected  transactions.  We  operate  this  program  pursuant  to  documented  corporate  risk  management 
policies  and  do  not  enter  into  derivative  transactions  for  speculative  purposes.  The  sensitivity  of  earnings  and  cash  flows  to 
variability in exchange rates is assessed by applying an appropriate range of potential rate fluctuations to our assets, obligations, 
and projected results of operations denominated in foreign currencies. Our currency risk consists primarily of foreign currency 
denominated firm commitments and projected foreign currency denominated intercompany and third-party transactions. As of 
September 30, 2020, the notional amount of outstanding currency exchange contracts was $64.4 million. As of September 30, 
2019,  the  notional  amount  of  outstanding  currency  exchange  contracts  was  $6.7  million.  The  maximum  length  of  time  over 
which we hedge transaction exposures is generally 15 months. Derivative gains and losses, initially reported as a component of 
Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  are  reclassified  to  earnings  in  the  period  when  the  transaction  affects 
earnings.

73

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Net Investment Hedges

As of September 30, 2020, we had outstanding cross-currency swap agreements, with an aggregate notional amount of $198.3 
million  to  hedge  the  variability  of  U.S.  dollar-Euro  exchange  rates  through  July  2023.    These  cross-currency  swaps  are 
designated as net investment hedges of subsidiaries using Euro as their functional currency. 

We assess hedge effectiveness under the spot-to-spot method and record changes in fair value attributable to the translation of 
foreign currencies through Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). We amortize the impact of all other changes in fair 
value of the derivative through Interest expense, which was income of $5.2 million for both the fiscal years ended September 
30, 2020 and 2019. 

Undesignated Derivative Instruments

We  use  forward  contracts  to  mitigate  the  foreign  exchange  revaluation  risk  associated  with  recorded  monetary  assets  and 
liabilities that are denominated in a non-functional currency. These derivative instruments are not formally designated as hedges 
and the terms of these instruments generally do not exceed one month. As of September 30, 2020, we had outstanding forward 
contracts  not  designated  as  hedges  with  aggregate  notional  amounts  of  $169.9  million.  As  of  September  30,  2019,  we  had 
outstanding forward contracts not designated as hedges with aggregate notional amounts of $76.7 million. The following table 
summarizes  unrealized  and  realized  gains  and  losses  for  forward  contracts  not  designated  as  hedges,  which  are  recorded  in 
Investment income (expense) and other, net.

Unrealized gains (losses)

Realized gains (losses)

Fair Value

Year Ended September 30

2020

2019

$ 

—  $ 

3.0 

(0.2) 

(2.9) 

We  classify  fair  value  measurements  on  our  derivative  instruments  as  Level  2.  The  estimated  fair  values  of  our  derivative 
instruments are described in the table below:

Derivative Instruments

Interest Rate Swaps

Interest Rate Swaps

Currency Exchange Contracts

Cross-Currency Swaps
Undesignated Forward Contracts

Total

September 30, 
2020

Consolidated Balance 
Sheet Classification

September 30, 
2019

Consolidated Balance 
Sheet Classification

$ 

$ 

$ 

—  Other assets

$ 

0.9  Other assets

(46.3)  Other current liabilities

(7.7)  Other current liabilities

(0.4)  Other current liabilities

0.2  Other current assets

9.7  Other assets
—  Other assets

16.9  Other assets
(0.2)  Other current liabilities

(37.0) 

$ 

10.1 

Note 7. Leases 

Hillrom as the Lessee

We  determine  if  an  arrangement  is  a  lease  or  contains  a  lease  at  contract  inception.  We  lease  real  estate,  automobiles,  and 
equipment under various operating leases. A lease liability and ROU asset is recognized for operating leases with terms greater 
than  one  year  at  the  lease  commencement  date.  The  lease  liability  is  measured  as  the  present  value  of  all  remaining  fixed 
payments  calculated  using  our  estimated  secured  incremental  borrowing  rate.  The  ROU  asset  is  measured  as  the  sum  of  the 
lease  liability  and  any  initial  indirect  costs  incurred,  less  any  lease  incentives  received.  We  use  our  estimated  secured 
incremental borrowing rate as most lease agreements do not specify an interest rate. Our lease agreements include leases that 
have  both  lease  and  non-lease  components.  We  elected  to  account  for  lease  components  and  the  associated  non-lease 
components as a single lease component.

Our leases have remaining lease terms of approximately 1 year to 8 years. Many of our real estate and equipment leases include 
options  to  renew.  Renewal  periods  are  generally  not  included  when  calculating  the  remaining  lease  term  unless  we  are 
reasonably certain to exercise a renewal option based on beneficial terms or significance of the leased asset to our operations. 

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Expense for operating leases and leases with a term of one year or less is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 
Lease expense is recorded in Cost of goods sold or Selling and administrative expenses based on the purpose of the leased asset. 
The following table summarizes our lease expense:

Operating lease expense

Short-term leases and variable lease payments

Total 

September 30, 2020

$ 

$ 

27.8 

11.5 

39.3 

The following table summarizes the balance sheet classification of our operating leases and amounts of the ROU asset and lease 
liability as of September 30, 2020:

Right-of-use assets

Current lease liabilities

Non-current lease liabilities

Other assets

Other current liabilities

Other long-term liabilities

$ 

$ 

$ 

72.3 

22.8 

54.4 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Classification

September 30, 2020

The following table summarizes our supplemental information related to operating leases as of September 30, 2020:

September 30, 2020

Supplemental information:

Weighted-average discount rate

Weighted-average remaining lease term in years

Cash Flow information:

Operating cash flows paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

$ 

Right of use assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities

The following table summarizes the maturities of our operating leases as of September 30, 2020:

2021

2022

2023

2024
2025

Thereafter
Total lease payments

Less: imputed interest

Total lease liability

 3.3 %

4.48

27.6 

16.6 

25.1 

20.2 

14.4 

9.0 
5.4 

10.4 
84.5 

(7.3) 

77.2 

Amount

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

75

 
 
Table of Contents

Disclosures Related to Periods Prior to Adopting the New Lease Guidance

Future  minimum  payments  under  non-cancellable  operating  leases  (excluding  executory  costs)  aggregating  $94.9  million  for 
manufacturing  facilities,  warehouse  distribution  centers,  service  centers,  sales  offices,  automobiles,  and  other  equipment 
consisted of the following as of the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019:

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025 and beyond

Amount

$ 

25.7 

21.4 

15.7 

11.1 

6.4 

14.6 

Rental expense in the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 was $39.8 million and $41.3 million.

Hillrom as the Lessor

We  make  certain  products  available  to  customers  under  short-term  lease  arrangements.  Rental  usage  of  these  products  is 
provided as an alternative to product sales and is short-term in nature. Products primarily include smart beds, including, but not 
limited to, bariatric, critical care, maternal, and home care beds, as well as other surfaces. These lease arrangements provide our 
customers  with  our  products  during  periods  of  peak  demand  or  often  times  for  specialty  purposes.  Additionally,  we  provide 
wearable,  non-invasive  ventilation  products  to  patients  covered  by  monthly  medical  insurance  reimbursements,  which  are 
considered  month-to-month  leasing  arrangements.  Income  arising  from  these  lease  arrangements  where  we  are  the  lessor  is 
recognized within Rental revenue. We accounted for these lease arrangements as operating leases. 

76

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Note 8. Retirement and Postretirement Benefit Plans

Our retirement plans consist of defined benefit plans, postretirement health care plans and defined contribution savings plans. 
Plans cover certain employees both in and outside of the United States.

Retirement Plans

We sponsor five defined benefit retirement plans. Those plans include a master defined benefit retirement plan in the United 
States,  a  nonqualified  supplemental  executive  defined  benefit  retirement  plan,  and  three  defined  benefit  retirement  plans 
covering employees in Germany and France. Benefits for such plans are based primarily on years of service and the employee’s 
level  of  compensation  in  specific  periods  of  employment.  We  contribute  funds  to  trusts  as  necessary  to  provide  for  current 
service  and  any  unfunded  projected  future  benefit  obligation  over  a  reasonable  period  of  time.  All  of  our  plans  have  a 
September 30 measurement date. 

Effect on Operations

The following table details the components of net pension expense for our defined benefit retirement plans:

Year Ended September 30
2019

2018

2020

Statements of Consolidated
Income Classification

Service cost
Service cost

Interest cost

Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of unrecognized prior 
service cost, net

Amortization of net loss
Net periodic benefit cost 

Settlement loss 1
Special termination benefits 2
Net pension expense

$ 

1.8  $ 
3.4 

1.8  $ 
2.7 

1.6  Cost of goods sold
3.2  Selling and administrative expenses

8.7 

12.5 

11.0 

(14.0)   

(14.8)   

(15.7) 

— 

6.9 
6.8 

0.1 

2.4 
4.7 

0.1 

4.5 
4.7 

Investment income (expense) and 
other, net
Investment income (expense) and 
other, net
Investment income (expense) and 
other, net
Investment income (expense) and 
other, net

8.5 
0.5 
15.8  $ 

— 
— 
4.7  $ 

$ 

Investment income (expense) and 
other, net
— 
—  Special charges
4.7 

1 On March 9, 2020, we transferred pension assets totaling $40.6 million to purchase annuity contracts for a certain 
population of retirees with a third-party insurance company.  As a result, we recognized a non-cash settlement loss of $8.5 
million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, which is recorded as a component of Investment income (expense) and 
other, net in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
2  In  September  2020,  we  offered  certain  employees  in  the  United  States  the  option  to  participate  in  a  voluntary  early 
retirement  plan.  The  employees  who  accepted  the  offer  received  special  termination  benefits,  which  were  recorded  as  a 
component of Special charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Obligations and Funded Status

The change in benefit obligations, plan assets and funded status, along with amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheets for our defined benefit retirement plans were as follows:

Change in benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

Service cost

Interest cost

Actuarial loss 

Benefits paid
Acquisition1
Plan settlements

Special termination benefits 

Exchange rate loss (gain)

Benefit obligation at end of year

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

Actual return on plan assets

Employer contributions

Benefits paid
Acquisition1
Plan settlements 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

Funded status and net amounts recognized

Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

Accrued pension benefits, current portion

Accrued pension benefits, long-term

Net amount recognized

Year Ended September 30

2020

2019

$ 

380.4  $ 

334.6 

5.2 

8.7 

28.7 

4.5 

12.5 

43.4 

(12.6)   

(13.3) 

3.5 

(44.2)   

0.5 

1.6 

371.8 

310.6 

33.4 

1.0 

(12.6)   

3.5 

(44.2)   

291.7 

$ 

(80.1)  $ 

— 

— 

— 

(1.3) 

380.4 

279.8 

35.1 

9.0 

(13.3) 

— 

— 

310.6 

(69.8) 

$ 

$ 

(1.5)  $ 

(78.6)   

(80.1)  $ 

(1.2) 

(68.6) 

(69.8) 

  1 Represents the plan assets and obligations assumed as part of the defined benefit retirement plan of Excel Medical, which 
was acquired on January 10, 2020, and subsequently settled and terminated as of September 30, 2020.

In addition to the amounts above, net actuarial losses of $64.9 million and prior service costs of $0.4 million, less the tax effect 
of $16.3 million are included as components of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of September 30, 2020. In 
addition to the amounts above, net actuarial losses of  $70.6 million and prior service costs of $0.4 million, less the tax effect of 
$17.2 million, are included as components of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of September 30, 2019. 

The  estimated  net  actuarial  loss  and  prior  service  cost  for  our  defined  benefit  retirement  plans  that  will  be  amortized  from 
Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  into  net  periodic  benefit  cost  over  the  next  fiscal  year  are  $6.3  million  and 
$0.1 million. 

78

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Accumulated Benefit Obligation

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  for  all  defined  benefit  pension  plans  was  $352.1  million  and  $362.9  million  as  of 
September  30,  2020  and  September  30,  2019,  respectively.  Selected  information  for  our  plans,  including  plans  with 
accumulated benefit obligations exceeding plan assets, was as follows:

September 30, 2020
ABO

Plan Assets

PBO

PBO

September 30, 2019
ABO

Master plan
International plans
Supplemental executive plan

$ 

$ 

343.2  $ 
23.0 
5.6 
371.8  $ 

325.7  $ 
20.8 
5.6 
352.1  $ 

291.7  $ 
— 
— 
291.7  $ 

353.4  $ 
21.7 
5.3 
380.4  $ 

Actuarial Assumptions

The weighted average assumptions used in accounting for our domestic pension plans were as follows:

Plan Assets
310.5 
0.1 
— 
310.6 

338.0  $ 
19.6 
5.3 
362.9  $ 

Weighted average assumptions to determine benefit

obligations at the measurement date:

Discount rate for obligation
Rate of compensation increase

Weighted average assumptions to determine benefit

cost for the year:

Discount rate for expense
Expected rate of return on plan assets
Rate of compensation increase

2020

2019

2018

2.7%
2.6%

3.2%
5.3%
2.6%

3.2%
2.6%

4.2%
5.5%
3.0%

4.2%
3.0%

3.9%
6.0%
3.0%

The discount rates used in the valuation of our defined benefit pension plans are evaluated annually based on current market 
conditions. In setting these rates, we utilize long-term bond indices and yield curves as a preliminary indication of interest rate 
movements, and then make adjustments to the respective indices to reflect differences in the terms of the bonds covered under 
the indices in comparison to the projected outflow of our pension obligations. The overall expected long-term rate of return is 
based  on  historical  and  expected  future  returns,  which  are  inflation  adjusted  and  weighted  for  the  expected  return  for  each 
component of the investment portfolio, as well as taking into consideration economic and capital market conditions. The rate of 
assumed compensation increase is also based on our specific historical trends of past wage adjustments. The weighted average 
discount  rate  assumptions  used  for  our  international  plans  are  lower  than  our  domestic  plan  assumptions  and  do  not 
significantly affect the consolidated net benefit obligation or net periodic benefit cost balances.

Plan Assets

The weighted average asset allocations of our master defined benefit retirement plan as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, by 
asset category, along with target allocations, are as follows:

Equity securities
Fixed income securities
Total

2020 and 2019  
Target 
Allocation

2020   
Actual 
Allocation  

2019   
Actual 
Allocation

31%-37%
63%-69%

34%
66%
100%

32%
68%
100%

We have a Plan Committee that sets investment guidelines with the assistance of an external consultant. These guidelines are 
established  based  on  market  conditions,  risk  tolerance,  funding  requirements  and  expected  benefit  payments.  The  Plan 
Committee also oversees the investment allocation process and monitors asset performance. As pension liabilities are long-term 
in nature, we employ a long-term total return approach to maximize the long-term rate of return on plan assets for a prudent 

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

level of risk. Target allocations are guidelines, not limitations, and plan fiduciaries may occasionally approve allocations above 
or below a target range or elect to rebalance the portfolio within the targeted range.

The investment portfolio contains a diversified portfolio of fixed income securities and equities. Securities are also diversified 
in  terms  of  domestic  and  international  securities,  short-term  and  long-term  securities,  growth  and  value  styles,  large  cap  and 
small  cap  stocks.  The  primary  investment  strategy  is  a  dynamic  target  allocation  method  that  periodically  rebalances  among 
various  investment  categories  depending  on  the  current  funded  positions.  This  program  is  designed  to  actively  move  from 
return-seeking  investments  (such  as  equities)  toward  liability-hedging  investments  (such  as  long-duration  fixed  income)  as 
funding levels improve.

Trust  assets  are  invested  subject  to  the  following  policy  restrictions:  short-term  securities  must  be  rated  A2/P2  or  higher;  all 
fixed-income securities shall have a credit quality rating “BBB” or higher; and investments in equities in any one company may 
not exceed 10% of the equity portfolio.

Fair Value Measurements of Plan Assets

Cash as part of plan assets was $2.1 million and $4.2 million as of September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and was 
classified as a Level 1 financial instrument.

The following table summarizes these assets by category:

Equities 

U.S. companies

International companies

Fixed income securities 
Total plan assets at fair value, excluding cash

Year Ended September 30

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

49.7  $ 

48.9 

191.0 
289.6  $ 

49.6 

50.2 

206.6 
306.4 

These investments are commingled funds and/or collective trusts valued using the net asset value (“NAV”) unit price provided 
by the fund administrator. The NAV is based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the fund. 

Cash Flows

Our U.S. master defined benefit plan is funded in excess of 85%, as measured under the requirements of the Pension Protection 
Act of 2006, and therefore we expect that the plan will not be subject to the “at risk” funding requirements of this legislation.

In the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, we contributed cash of $1.0 million and $9.0 million, respectively, to 
our defined benefit retirement plans, of which $8.0 million was a voluntary contribution to our U.S. defined benefit retirement 
plan in the fiscal year ended 2019. We will not be required to contribute to our master defined benefit retirement plan in fiscal 
2021 due to the current funding level; however, minimal contributions will be required for our unfunded plans.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The  benefit  payments,  which  are  expected  to  be  funded  through  plan  assets  and  company  contributions  and  reflect  expected 
future service, are expected to be paid as follows:

2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026-2030

$ 

Pension Benefits

12.0 
13.1 
13.9 
14.9 
15.5 
90.5 

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Defined Contribution Savings Plans

We have defined contribution savings plans that cover substantially all U.S. employees and certain non-U.S. employees. The 
general purpose of these plans is to provide additional financial security in retirement by providing employees with an incentive 
to  make  regular  savings.  Our  contributions  to  the  plans  are  based  on  eligibility  and  employee  contributions.  Expense  under 
these plans for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $31.9 million, $29.0 million and $28.4 million.

Postretirement Health Care Plans

In  addition  to  defined  benefit  retirement  plans,  we  also  offer  two  postretirement  health  care  plans  in  the  United  States  that 
provide  health  care  benefits  to  qualified  retirees  and  their  dependents.  The  plans  are  closed  to  new  participants  and  include 
retiree cost sharing provisions and generally extends retiree coverage for medical and prescription benefits beyond the COBRA 
continuation period to the date of Medicare eligibility. These plans have a measurement date of September 30.

The  net  periodic  benefit  cost  related  to  postretirement  health  care  plans  has  not  been  significant  for  the  fiscal  years  ended 
September  30,  2020,  2019  or  2018.  In  September  2020,  we  offered  certain  employees  in  the  United  States  the  option  to 
participate in a voluntary early retirement plan. The employees who accepted the offer received special termination benefits of 
$0.4 million which were recorded as a component of Special charges in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The change in the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was as follows:

Change in benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation at beginning of year
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial gain
Benefits paid
Retiree contributions
       Special termination benefits
Benefit obligation at end of year

Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
Accrued benefits obligation, current portion
Accrued benefits obligation, long-term

Net amount recognized

Year Ended September 30

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

12.7  $ 
0.1 
0.2 
(0.4)   
(1.0)   
0.2 
0.4 
12.2  $ 

1.6  $ 
10.6 
12.2  $ 

17.0 
0.3 
0.5 
(4.1) 
(1.3) 
0.3 
— 
12.7 

1.3 
11.4 
12.7 

In addition to the amounts above, net actuarial gains of $10.9 million and prior service credits of $0.4 million, less the tax effect 
of $2.9 million are included as components of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of September 30, 2020. Net 
actuarial  gains  of  $11.9  million  and  prior  service  credits  of  $0.6  million,  less  the  tax  effect  of  $2.4  million  are  included  as 
components of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of September 30, 2019.

The estimated net actuarial gain and prior service benefit for our postretirement health care plans that will be amortized from 
Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  into  net  periodic  benefit  cost  over  the  next  fiscal  year  are  $1.6  million  and 
$0.2 million.

The below table summarizes the discount rates used in accounting for our postretirement plans:

Discount rate used to determine:

Net periodic benefit cost for the postretirement health care plans
Benefit obligation

 2.6 %
 1.8 %

 4.0 %
 3.0 %

 3.3 %
 4.0 %

2020

September 30
2019

2018

81

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2020, the health care cost trend rates for the plans were generally assumed to be in the ranges of 5.8% to 
6.4%, trending down to a rate of 4.5% over the long-term. A one-percentage-point increase/decrease in the assumed health care 
cost  trend  rates  as  of  September  30,  2020  would  cause  an  increase/decrease  in  service  and  interest  costs  of  less  than  $0.1 
million, along with an increase/decrease in the benefit obligation of $0.6 million.

We fund the postretirement health care plans as benefits are paid and current plan benefits are expected to require contributions 
of approximately $1.6 million in fiscal 2021 and approximately $1.0 million per fiscal year thereafter.

Note 9. Other Comprehensive Income

The  following  tables  represent  the  changes  in  Other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  and  Accumulated  other  comprehensive 
income (loss) by component for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Year Ended September 30, 2020

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Accumulated other 
comprehensive income (loss)

Prior to
reclassification

Reclassification
from

Pre-tax

Tax 
effect

Net of 
tax

Beginning
balance

Net 
activity

Ending
balance 2

Derivative instruments 

designated as hedges 1:
Currency exchange 

contracts

Interest rate swaps

Cross-currency swaps

$ 

1.9  $ 

(2.6)  $ 

(0.7)  $ 

0.2  $ 

(0.5)  $ 

0.2  $ 

(0.5)  $ 

(0.3) 

(35.4) 

(7.2) 

(4.2) 

(39.6) 

— 

(7.2) 

9.1 

1.7 

(30.5) 

(5.5) 

(5.2) 

12.2 

(30.5) 

(5.5) 

(35.7) 

6.7 

Derivative instruments 

designated as hedges total

$ 

Foreign currency translation 

adjustment

Change in pension and 

postretirement defined 
benefit plans

Total

$ 

(40.7)  $ 

(6.8)  $  (47.5)  $  11.0  $ 

(36.5)  $ 

7.2  $ 

(36.5)  $ 

(29.3) 

34.7 

— 

34.7 

  — 

34.7 

(145.4) 

34.7 

(110.7) 

0.9 

(5.1)  $ 

4.6 

5.5 

(1.4) 

4.1 

(44.3) 

4.1 

(40.2) 

(2.2)  $ 

(7.3)  $ 

9.6  $ 

2.3  $ 

(182.5)  $ 

2.3  $ 

(180.2) 

Year Ended September 30, 2019

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

Prior to
reclassification

Reclassification
from

Pre-
tax

Tax 
effect

Net of 
tax

Beginning
balance

Impacts of ASU 
2018-02 
Adoption as of 
October 1, 2018

Net 
activity

Ending 
balance 

Derivative instruments 

designated as hedges 1:
Currency exchange 

contracts

$ 

(0.6)  $ 

0.6  $  —  $  —  $  —  $ 

0.2  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

0.2 

Interest rate swaps

Cross-currency swaps

(24.8) 

18.0 

(6.8) 

  (31.6) 

7.3 

  (24.3) 

— 

  18.0 

(4.1) 

  13.9 

18.3 

(1.7) 

0.8 

— 

(24.3) 

13.9 

(5.2) 

12.2 

Derivative instruments 

designated as hedges total

$ 

(7.4)  $ 

(6.2)  $ (13.6)  $  3.2  $ (10.4)  $ 

16.8  $ 

0.8  $  (10.4)  $ 

7.2 

Foreign currency translation 

adjustment

Change in pension and 

postretirement defined 
benefit plans

(40.1) 

— 

  (40.1) 

  — 

  (40.1) 

(105.3) 

— 

(40.1) 

(145.4) 

(19.4) 

2.0 

  (17.4) 

3.8 

  (13.6) 

(24.5) 

(6.2) 

(13.6) 

(44.3) 

Total

$ 

(66.9)  $ 

(4.2)  $ (71.1)  $  7.0  $ (64.1)  $ 

(113.0)  $ 

(5.4)  $  (64.1)  $  (182.5) 

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      
Table of Contents

Year Ended September 30, 2018

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive 
income (loss)

Prior to
reclassification

Reclassification
from

Pre-tax

Tax 
effect

Net of 
tax

Beginning
balance

Net 
activity

Ending
balance

Derivative instruments 

designated as hedges 1:
Currency exchange 

contracts

$ 

Interest rate swaps
Cross-currency 

swaps

Derivative instruments 
designated as hedges 
total

Foreign currency 

translation adjustment

Change in pension and 

postretirement defined 
benefit plans

0.4  $ 

22.8 

0.3  $  0.7  $  (0.1)  $  0.6  $ 

(0.4)  $ 

0.6  $ 

(5.3)    17.5 

(3.9)    13.6 

4.7 

13.6 

0.2 

18.3 

(2.2)   

— 

(2.2)   

0.5 

(1.7)   

— 

(1.7)   

(1.7) 

$ 

21.0  $ 

(5.0)  $  16.0  $  (3.5)  $ 12.5  $ 

4.3  $  12.5  $ 

16.8 

(24.0)   

— 

  (24.0)    — 

  (24.0)   

(81.3)   

(24.0)   

(105.3) 

7.9 

3.0 

  10.9 

(2.4)   

8.5 

(33.0)   

8.5 

(24.5) 

$ 

Total

(110.0)  $ 
1 See Note 6. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity for information regarding our hedging strategies
2  The  estimated  net  amount  of  gains  and  losses  reported  in  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  related  to  our 
derivative instruments designated as hedges as of September 30, 2020 that are expected to be reclassified into earnings within 
the next 12 months is expense of $7.5 million.

(2.0)  $  2.9  $  (5.9)  $  (3.0)  $ 

(3.0)  $  (113.0) 

4.9  $ 

The following table represents the items reclassified out of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and the related tax 
effects for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

 Year Ended September 30

2020

2019

2018

Amount
reclassified

Tax 
effect 

Net of 
tax

Amount
reclassified

Tax 
effect 4

Net of 
tax

Amount

reclassified Tax effect 

Net of 
tax

Derivative instruments 
designated as hedges:
Currency exchange 

contracts 1

Interest rate swaps 2 
Derivative instruments 
designated as hedges 
total

Change in pension and 

postretirement defined 
benefit plans 3

$ 

$ 

$ 

(2.6)  $  0.5  $ (2.1)  $ 
  (3.2)   
1.0 
(4.2)   

0.6  $  (0.2)  $  0.4  $ 
  (5.2)   
(6.8)   

1.6 

0.3  $ 
(5.3)   

—  $  0.3 
  (4.1) 
1.2 

(6.8)  $  1.5  $ (5.3)  $ 

(6.2)  $  1.4  $ (4.8)  $ 

(5.0)  $ 

1.2 

  (3.8) 

4.6  $  (1.4)  $  3.2  $ 

2.0  $  (2.4)  $ (0.4)  $ 

3.0  $ 

(1.0)  $  2.0 

1 Reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into Investment income (expense) and other, net. 
2 Reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into Interest expense.
3 Reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into Cost of goods sold and Investment income (expense) 
and other, net. These components are included in the computation of net periodic pension expense.  
4  As  a  result  of  the  adoption  of  ASU  2018-02,  we  reclassified  $5.4  million  from  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income 
(loss) to Retained earnings.

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Note 10. Special Charges

Special  charges  are  incurred  in  connection  with  various  transformative  initiatives,  restructuring  and  exit  activities,  and 
organizational  changes  to  improve  our  business  alignment  and  cost  structure.  Although  these  charges  are  infrequent  and 
unusual in nature, additional Special charges are expected to be incurred. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of these 
future  expected  costs  until  such  time  as  the  evaluations  are  complete.  The  following  table  summarizes  the  Special  charges 
recognized for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018. 

Special charges

Global information technology transformation

$ 

Workforce reduction plan

Integration-related activities 
Site consolidation and other cost optimization activities, 
including related severance cost
Disposition

Legal claim recovery 
Total Special charges

Global Information Technology Transformation

 Year Ended September 30
2019

2018

2020

15.9  $ 

6.7 

13.1  $ 

5.8 

— 

— 

1.3  $ 

— 

19.8  $ 

7.3 

— 

— 

— 

— 

38.4 

15.9 

24.5 

(1.2) 

77.6 

$ 

41.5  $ 

28.4  $ 

In fiscal 2019, management initiated a global information technology transformation, including rationalizing and transforming 
our  enterprise  resource  planning  software  solutions  and  other  complementary  information  technology  systems.  In  addition  to 
the expenses noted in the table above, $22.0 million and $2.0 million was capitalized as software in Other intangible assets and 
software, net for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

The objective of this initiative is to consolidate and streamline our key workstreams that interact with customers and vendors 
and  support  our  financial  reporting  processes  while  maintaining  the  security  of  our  data.  The  solutions  designed  under  this 
initiative will be implemented over the next five to seven years.

Workforce Reduction Plan

On September 15, 2020, we committed to a workforce reduction plan as part of the continued business optimization initiatives 
to  advance  our  strategy  and  growth  platforms  and  improve  our  operations  and  cost  structure.  The  workforce  reduction  plan 
includes a voluntary retirement program and involuntary severance actions. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, we 
have  incurred  $6.7  million  related  to  this  initiative  within  Special  charges.  We  expect  substantially  all  costs  related  to  the 
execution of the workforce reduction plan to be incurred in fiscal year ended 2021, which will bring the aggregated total cost to 
approximately $35 million.

Integration-Related Activities 

We  incurred  costs,  including  severance  and  benefit  costs,  associated  with  business  realignment  and  integration  activities 
focused on reducing complexity, increasing efficiency, and improving our cost structure. We acquired several businesses in the 
fiscal years ended September 30, 2020 and 2019 as disclosed within Note 3. Business Combinations for which we also continue 
to incur integration-related costs and severance costs. 

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Site Consolidation and Other Cost Optimization Activities, Including Related Severance Cost

We  continue  to  streamline  our  operations  and  simplify  our  supply  chain  by  transforming  and  consolidating  certain 
manufacturing and distribution operations.

Dispositions

In fiscal 2018, we recorded a loss of $24.5 million in Special charges related to the UHS Settlement Agreement.

Legal Claim Recovery

In fiscal 2018, we received a settlement payment for a legal claim and recorded a gain of $1.2 million in Special charges.

For all accrued severance and other benefit charges described above, we record reserves within Other current liabilities. The 
following table summarizes the reserve activity for severance and other benefits for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020 
and 2019:

Balance as of September 30, 2018

Expenses

Cash Payments

Reversals

Balance as of September 30, 2019

Expenses

Cash Payments

Reversals
Balance as of September 30, 2020

Note 11. Income Taxes

$ 

$ 

$ 

8.5 

16.4 

(15.1) 

(1.3) 
8.5 

14.6 

(11.1) 

(0.7) 
11.3 

The significant components of income before income taxes and the consolidated income tax provision were as follows:

Income before income taxes:

Domestic
Foreign

Total

Income tax expense:
Current provision

U.S. Federal
State
Foreign
Total current provision
Deferred provision:
U.S. Federal
State
Foreign
Total deferred provision
Income tax expense

2020

Year Ended September 30
2019

2018

137.0  $ 
134.2 
271.2  $ 

122.5  $ 
86.1 
208.6  $ 

101.8 
95.4 
197.2 

38.1  $ 
10.8 
18.3 
67.2 

(15.6)   
(2.8)   
(0.6)   
(19.0)   
48.2  $ 

51.0  $ 
6.0 
18.2 
75.2 

(12.0)   
(2.5)   
(4.3)   
(18.8)   
56.4  $ 

5.9 
3.5 
20.2 
29.6 

(83.4) 
(2.8) 
1.4 
(84.8) 
(55.2) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Differences  between  income  tax  expense  reported  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  that  computed  based  upon  the 
application of the statutory U.S. Federal tax rate to the reported income before income taxes were as follows:

U.S. Federal income tax 1
State income tax 2
Foreign income tax 3
Application of federal research tax credits

Application of foreign tax credits

Valuation of tax attributes

Foreign inclusions

Domestic manufacturer’s deduction

Global intangible low-taxed income inclusion

Disposition of subsidiary

Current period change in uncertain tax positions

Other, net

Income tax expense
1 At statutory rate.
2 Net of U.S. Federal benefit.
3 U.S. Federal tax rate differential.

Excess tax benefits from share based awards

(4.7) 

 (1.7) 

(5.2) 

 (2.5) 

U.S. tax benefit of foreign currency loss

U.S. tax reform deferred tax remeasurement

U.S. tax reform transition tax

— 

— 

— 

 — 

 — 

 — 

Foreign-derived intangible income deduction

(7.8) 

 (2.9) 

Year Ended September 30

2020

2019

2018

% of
Pretax
Income Amount

% of
Pretax
Income Amount

% of
Pretax
Income

Amount

$ 

57.0 

 21.0 % $ 

43.8 

 21.0 % $ 

48.4 

 24.5 %

4.1 

(15.0) 

(6.2) 

(11.6) 

5.0 

7.7 

— 

 1.5 

 (5.5) 

 (2.3) 

 (4.3) 

 1.9 

 2.9 

 — 

3.3 

(10.1) 

(5.6) 

(0.1) 

2.2 

— 

— 

 1.6 

 (4.9) 

 (2.7) 

 — 

 1.1 

 — 

 — 

— 

— 

(1.0) 

(4.3) 

9.6 

18.2 

4.6 

1.0 

 — 

 — 

 (0.5) 

 (2.0) 

 4.6 

 8.7 

 2.2 

 0.4 

12.6 

4.1 

— 

3.0 

 4.6 

 1.5 

 — 

 1.1 

2.9 

 1.5 

(25.9) 

 (13.2) 

(5.6) 

(1.0) 

 (2.9) 

 (0.5) 

23.4 

 11.9 

(0.9) 

(0.9) 

(16.1) 

(9.2) 

 (0.4) 

 (0.4) 

 (8.2) 

 (4.7) 

(93.8) 

 (47.6) 

22.9 

 11.6 

— 

— 

— 

1.5 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 0.8 

(0.9) 

 (0.4) 

$ 

48.2 

 17.8 % $ 

56.4 

 27.0 % $ 

(55.2) 

 (28.0) %

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The tax effect of temporary differences that gave rise to the deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

Deferred tax assets:

Employee benefit accruals

Inventory

Net operating loss carryforwards

Tax credit carryforwards

Lease liabilities

Other, net

Less: Valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation

Amortization

Lease Assets

Other, net

Total deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax liability - net

September 30, 
2020

September 30, 
2019

$ 

48.3  $ 

14.7 

69.7 

26.4 

18.8 

36.2 

214.1 

(50.8)   

163.3 

(19.2)   

(201.0)   

(17.6)   

(5.6)   

(243.4)   

(80.1)  $ 

$ 

42.9 

10.0 

69.8 

22.6 

— 

25.3 

170.6 

(45.0) 

125.6 

(14.5) 

(215.4) 

— 

(5.6) 

(235.5) 

(109.9) 

As  of  September  30,  2020,  we  had  $40.5  million  of  deferred  tax  assets  related  to  operating  loss  carryforwards  in  foreign 
jurisdictions that are subject to various carryforward periods with the majority eligible to be carried forward for an unlimited 
period.  Additionally,  we  had  $21.6  million  of  deferred  tax  assets  related  to  U.S.  Federal  net  operating  loss  (“NOL”) 
carryforwards, some of which will be carried forward for an unlimited period and some of which will expire between 2021 and 
2036 and $7.6 million of deferred tax assets related to state NOL carryforwards, some of which will be carried forward for an 
unlimited period and some of which expire between 2021 and 2040. We had $23.9 million of deferred tax assets related to state 
tax credits, some of which will be carried forward for an unlimited period and some of which will expire between 2021 and 
2030.  We  had  $1.1  million  of  deferred  tax  assets  related  to  capital  loss  carryforwards  which  will  expire  in  2025.  We  had 
$2.1  million  of  deferred  tax  assets  related  to  foreign  tax  credit  carryforwards  which  will  expire  in  2030.  We  are  considering 
carryback opportunities for the capital loss carryforward and the foreign tax credit carryforward. 

The gross deferred tax assets as of September 30, 2020 were reduced by valuation allowances of $50.8 million primarily related 
to certain foreign deferred tax attributes and state tax credit carryforwards as it is more likely than not that some portion or all of 
these tax attributes will not be realized. In evaluating whether it is more likely than not that we would recover our deferred tax 
assets, future taxable income, the reversal of existing temporary differences and tax planning strategies were considered. We 
believe  that  our  estimates  for  the  valuation  allowances  recorded  against  deferred  tax  assets  are  appropriate  based  on  current 
facts and circumstances.  During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, the valuation allowance increased by $5.8 million. 
The increase related primarily to foreign net operating losses and state tax credits that more likely that not will not be realized.

We operate under tax holidays in both Singapore and Puerto Rico. The Singapore tax holiday is effective through 2024. The 
Puerto  Rico  tax  holiday  is  effective  through  2025,  but  we  have  disposed  of  this  operation  in  fiscal  2019  and  thus  will  not 
recognize  any  benefit  in  the  future.  Both  incentives  are  conditional  on  meeting  certain  employment  and/or  investment 
thresholds. The impact of these tax holidays decreased foreign taxes by $3.3 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 
2020, $5.2 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 and $4.3 million in the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018. 
The benefit of the tax holidays on net income per diluted share was $0.05, $0.08 and $0.06 in fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018. 

With regard to our non-U.S. subsidiaries, it is our practice and intention to reinvest the earnings in those businesses, to fund 
capital expenditures and other operating cash needs. Because the undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries are considered 
to  be  permanently  reinvested,  no  U.S.  deferred  income  taxes  or  foreign  withholding  taxes  have  been  provided  on  earnings 
subsequent to the enactment of the Tax Act. As of September 30, 2020, we have approximately $37.3 million of undistributed 
earnings in our non-U.S. subsidiaries that are considered to be permanently reinvested. If such earnings were repatriated, we do 
not anticipate incurring a significant amount of additional tax expense. 

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

We  file  a  consolidated  federal  income  tax  return  as  well  as  multiple  state,  local  and  foreign  jurisdiction  tax  returns.  In  the 
normal course of business, we are subject to examination by the taxing authorities in each of the jurisdictions where we file tax 
returns. In fiscal 2020, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) concluded its audit of fiscal 2018 and initiated its post-filing 
examination  of  the  fiscal  2019  consolidated  federal  return.  We  continue  to  participate  in  the  IRS  Compliance  Assurance 
Program (“CAP”) for fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2021. We are in the application process to remain in the CAP for fiscal 2022. The 
CAP provides the opportunity for the IRS to review certain tax matters prior to us filing our tax return for the year, thereby 
reducing the time it takes to complete the post-filing examination. We are also subject to state and local or foreign income tax 
examinations by taxing authorities for years back to fiscal 2015. 

We also have on-going audits in various stages of completion in several state and foreign jurisdictions, one or more of which 
may  conclude  within  the  next  12  months.  Such  settlements  could  involve  some  or  all  of  the  following:  the  payment  of 
additional  taxes  and  related  penalties,  the  adjustment  of  certain  deferred  taxes  and/or  the  recognition  of  unrecognized  tax 
benefits.  The  resolution  of  these  matters,  in  combination  with  the  expiration  of  certain  statutes  of  limitations  in  various 
jurisdictions,  make  it  reasonably  possible  that  our  unrecognized  tax  benefits  may  decrease  as  a  result  of  either  payment  or 
recognition by up to $1.8 million in the next 12 months, excluding interest.

The total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were $3.9 million, $9.6 million 
and $6.2 million, which includes $3.5 million, $9.3 million and $5.6 million that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax 
rate in future periods. The remaining amount relates to items which, if recognized, would not impact our effective tax rate.

A rollforward of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

Balance as of October 1
Increases in tax position of prior years
Increases in tax position during the current year
Settlements with taxing authorities
Lapse of applicable statute of limitations
Foreign currency adjustments
Total change
Balance as of September 30

Year Ended September 30
2019

2018

2020

$ 

$ 

9.6  $ 
— 
— 
(5.8)   
(0.2)   
0.3 
(5.7)   
3.9  $ 

6.2  $ 
5.8 
— 
(1.1)   
(1.0)   
(0.3)   
3.4 
9.6  $ 

4.5 
2.3 
0.3 
— 
(0.9) 
— 
1.7 
6.2 

In fiscal 2020, we settled the position with the IRS related to the Transition Tax in the amount of $5.8 million, which reduced 
our unrecognized tax benefits. 

We  recognize  accrued  interest  and  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  as  a  component  of  income  tax  expense. 
Accrued interest and penalties, which are not presented in the rollforward table above, were $1.4 million, $1.7 million and  $2.1 
million as of September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018. Related to interest and penalties, we recognized an income tax benefit of $0.4 
million, $0.4 million, and $0.5 million as of September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

Note 12. Earnings per Common Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated based upon the weighted average number of outstanding common shares for the period, 
plus the effect of deferred vested shares. Diluted earnings per share is calculated consistent with the basic earnings per share 
calculation plus the effect of dilutive unissued common shares related to stock-based employee compensation programs. For all 
periods  presented,  anti-dilutive  stock  options  were  excluded  from  the  calculation  of  diluted  earnings  per  share.  Cumulative 

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

treasury  stock  acquired,  less  cumulative  shares  reissued,  have  been  excluded  in  determining  the  average  number  of  shares 
outstanding.

Earnings per share are calculated as follows (share information in thousands):

Net Income

Net Income per Basic Common Share

Net Income per Diluted Common Share

Year Ended September 30

2020

2019

2018

223.0  $ 

152.2  $ 

252.4 

3.35  $ 

2.28  $ 

3.81 

3.32  $ 

2.25  $ 

3.73 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Average Basic Common Shares Outstanding (in thousands)

Add: Potential effect of exercise of stock options and other unvested equity awards

Average Diluted Common Shares Outstanding (in thousands)

66,631 

66,772 

581 

888 

67,212 

67,660 

66,234 

1,378 

67,612 

Shares with anti-dilutive effect excluded from the computation of Diluted EPS

342 

288 

263 

Note 13. Common Stock

Share Repurchases

Under  the  Board-approved  share  repurchase  program,  authorization  of  $340.0  million  was  previously  granted  to  repurchase 
shares. In September 2019, the Board approved an additional $170.0 million for repurchases. Repurchases may be made on the 
open market or via private transactions, and are used to manage our capital structure, offset the dilutive impact of stock-based 
compensation  and  return  cash  to  shareholders.  This  program  does  not  have  an  expiration  date  and  there  are  no  plans  to 
terminate this program in the future. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020, we repurchased 0.5 million shares of our 
common stock in the open market valued at $54.1 million. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, we repurchased 1.2 
million shares of our common stock in the open market valued at $117.2 million. We did not repurchase shares in fiscal 2018 in 
the open market. As of September 30, 2020, a cumulative total of $346.6 million had been used, leaving us with availability of 
$163.4 million for future repurchases.

The following table summarizes common stock purchased in connection with employee payroll tax withholding for restricted 
stock distributions for the following fiscal years:  

Total number of shares purchased

Dollar value of shares purchased 

Stock-Based Compensation

Year Ended September 30

2020

2019

2018

158,521 

$ 

16.5  $ 

48,908 

4.7  $ 

158,182 

14.1 

We  have  stock-based  compensation  plans  under  which  employees  and  non-employee  directors  may  be  granted  options  to 
purchase shares of Company common stock at the fair market value at the time of grant. In addition to stock options, we grant 
performance  share  units  (“PSUs”)  and  RSUs  to  certain  management  level  employees  and  vested  restricted  stock  to  non-
employee directors. We also offer eligible employees the opportunity to buy shares of our common stock at a discount via an 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”).

Our  primary  stock-based  compensation  program  is  the  Stock  Incentive  Plan,  which  has  been  approved  by  our  shareholders. 
Under the Stock Incentive Plan, we have a total of 15.3 million authorized shares. As of September 30, 2020, approximately 1.2 
million shares were available for future grants under our stock-based compensation plans. We generally settle our stock-based 
awards with treasury shares. As of September 30, 2020, we had 21.8 million treasury shares available for use to settle stock-
based awards.

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The stock-based compensation cost that was charged against income for all plans was $38.4 million, $34.4 million and $28.1 
million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018.

We recognize a tax benefit based on the increase in value from the grant date to the exercise date for stock options and from the 
grant date to the distribution date for the performance share units and restricted share units. The tax benefit is recorded during 
the year in which the exercise or distribution occurs. The tax benefit for exercises and distributions for the fiscal years ended  
September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $4.7 million, $5.2 million, and $16.1 million.

Options

Stock options granted by our Compensation Committee of our Board under the Stock Incentive Plan are non-qualified stock 
options. These awards are generally granted with exercise prices equal to the average of the high and low prices of our common 
stock on the date of grant. They vest in equal annual installments over a three- or four-year period and the maximum contractual 
term is ten years. We use a Binomial option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock options, and compensation cost is 
recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

The following table sets forth the weighted average fair value per share of stock options and the related valuation assumptions 
used in the determination of those fair values:

Year Ended September 30
2019

2018

2020

Weighted average fair value per share

$ 

24.80  $ 

25.28  $ 

22.50 

Valuation assumptions:
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividend yield
Expected volatility
Weighted average expected life (years)

1.6%
0.8%
27.7%
4.7

3.0%
0.8%
30.5%
4.7

2.2%
0.9%
30.8%
4.9

The risk-free interest rate is based upon observed U.S. Treasury interest rates appropriate for the term of our employee stock 
options. Expected dividend yield is based on the history and our expectation of dividend payouts. Expected volatility was based 
on our historical stock price volatility. Expected life represents the weighted average period the stock options are expected to 
remain outstanding and is a derived output of the Binomial model. The expected life of employee stock options is impacted by 
the above assumptions as well as the post-vesting forfeiture rate and the exercise factor used in the Binomial model. These two 
variables are based on the history of exercises and forfeitures for previous stock options granted by us.

The following table summarizes transactions under our stock option plans for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020:

Balance Outstanding as of October 1, 2019

Granted

Exercised

Cancelled/Forfeited

Balance Outstanding as of September 30, 2020
Exercisable as of September 30, 2020
Options Expected to Vest

Weighted
Average
Number of
Shares
(in thousands)

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)

718  $ 

71.14 

188 

103.11 

(144)   

(22)   
740  $ 
334  $ 
391 

60.08 

80.54 
81.14 
65.87 
93.56 

— 

— 

— 

— 
6.9 $ 
5.3 $ 
8.2  

— 

— 

— 

— 
7.9 
6.8 
1.1 

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, based on our closing stock price of 
$83.51, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange on September 30, 2020. This amount, which changes continuously based 
on the fair value of our common stock, would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their 
options as of the balance sheet date.

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

The total intrinsic value of options exercised in the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $6.9 million, 
$17.7 million and $54.7 million.

As of September 30, 2020, there was $5.5 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options granted under 
the Stock Incentive Plan. This unrecognized compensation expense does not consider potential forfeitures, and is expected to be 
recognized over a weighted average period of 2.1 years.

Restricted Stock Units

RSUs are granted to certain employees with fair values equal to the average of the high and low prices of our common stock on 
the date of grant, multiplied by the number of units granted. RSU grants are contingent upon continued employment and vest 
over  periods  ranging  from  one  to  four  years.  Dividends,  payable  in  common  stock  equivalents,  accrue  on  the  grants  and  are 
subject to the same specified terms as the original grants, including the risk of forfeiture.

The following table summarizes transactions for our nonvested RSUs for the fiscal year ended 2020:

Nonvested RSUs as of October 1, 2019

Granted

Vested

Forfeited

Nonvested RSUs as of September 30, 2020

Number of
Share Units
(in thousands)

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

371 $ 

242 

(234)   

(42)   
337 $ 

95.76 

101.74 

78.08 

95.14 
112.41 

As  of  September  30,  2020,  there  was  $19.3  million  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  nonvested  RSUs 
granted under the Stock Incentive Plan. This unrecognized compensation expense does not consider potential forfeitures, and is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years. The total vest date fair value of shares that vested in the 
fiscal years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $18.1 million, $16.6 million and $21.9 million.  

Performance Share Units

Our  Compensation  Committee  grants  PSUs  to  certain  employees  and  these  awards  are  subject  to  any  stock  dividends,  stock 
splits, and other similar rights inuring to common stock, but unlike our RSUs are not entitled to dividend reinvestment. Vesting 
of the grants is contingent upon achievement of performance targets and corresponding service requirements.

The  fair  value  of  the  PSUs  is  equal  to  the  average  of  the  high  and  low  prices  of  our  common  stock  on  the  date  of  grant, 
multiplied by the number of units granted. For PSUs with a market condition such as total shareholder return, the Monte-Carlo 
simulation method is used to determine fair value. The Monte-Carlo simulation is a generally accepted statistical technique used 
to generate a defined number of stock price paths in order to develop a reasonable estimate of the range of our and our group of 
peer companies’ future expected stock prices.

The following table sets forth the weighted average fair value per share for PSUs and the related valuation assumptions used in 
the determination of those fair values. PSUs granted for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 are based on 
company-specific performance targets, with a total shareholder return collar.

Year Ended September 30
2019

2018

2020

Weighted average fair value per share

$ 

110.53  $ 

112.79  $ 

87.42 

Valuation assumptions:
Risk-free interest rate
Expected volatility

1.6%
23.8%

3.0%
22.8%

1.9%
21.9%

The  basis  for  the  assumptions  listed  above  is  similar  to  the  valuation  assumptions  used  for  stock  options,  as  discussed 
previously.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
    
Table of Contents

The following table summarizes transactions for our nonvested PSUs in fiscal 2020:

Nonvested PSUs as of October 1, 2019

Granted

Vested

Forfeited

Nonvested PSUs as of September 30, 2020

Number of
Share Units
(in thousands)

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

206 $ 

161  

(187)

(15)
165 $ 

98.78 

84.34 

75.35 

93.47 
111.73 

As of September 30, 2020, there was $7.3 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to PSUs granted under the 
Stock Incentive Plan based on the expected achievement of certain performance targets or market conditions. This unrecognized 
compensation  expense  as  of  September  30,  2020  does  not  reflect  a  reduction  for  our  estimate  of  potential  forfeitures  and  is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.6 years. The total fair value of shares that vested in the fiscal 
years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $14.1 million, $8.0 million and $16.4 million. 

Note 14. Segment Reporting

We disclose segment information that is consistent with the way in which management operates and views the business. Our 
operating structure contains the following reportable segments: 

•

•

•

Patient  Support  Systems  –  globally  provides  an  ecosystem  of  our  digital  and  connected  care  solutions:  devices, 
software, communications and integration technologies that improve care and deliver actionable insights to caregivers 
and patients in the acute care setting. Key products include care communications and mobility solutions, connected 
med-surg and ICU bed systems, sensors and surfaces, safe patient handling equipment and services.

Front  Line  Care  –  globally  provides  integrated  patient  monitoring  and  diagnostic  technologies  –  from  hospital  to 
home – that enable and support Hillrom’s connected care strategy. Our diverse portfolio includes secure, connected, 
digital assessment technologies to help diagnose, treat and manage a wide variety of illnesses and diseases, including 
respiratory therapy, cardiology, vision screening and physical assessment.

Surgical Solutions – globally enables peak procedural performance, connectivity and video integration products that 
improve  collaboration,  workflow,  safety  and  efficiency  in  the  operating  room,  such  as  surgical  video  technologies, 
tables, lights, pendants, precision positioning devices and other accessories.

Our performance within each reportable segment continues to be measured on a divisional income basis before non-allocated 
operating  and  administrative  costs,  litigation,  special  charges,  acquisition  and  integration  costs,  acquisition-related  intangible 
asset amortization, and other unusual events. Divisional income generally represents the division’s gross profit less its direct 
operating  costs  along  with  an  allocation  of  manufacturing  and  distribution  costs,  research  and  development  and  certain 
corporate functional expenses. 

Non-allocated operating costs, administrative costs, and other includes functional expenses that support the entire organization 
such as administration, finance, legal and human resources, expenses associated with strategic developments, acquisition-
related intangible asset amortization, and other events that are not indicative of operating trends. We exclude such amounts 
from divisional income to allow management to evaluate and understand divisional operating trends. The chief operating 
decision maker does not receive any asset information by operating segment and, accordingly, we do not report asset 
information by operating segment.

Effective  for  fiscal  2020,  the  allocation  of  operating  costs  to  each  segment  was  modified  to  improve  the  alignment  to  how 
management  evaluates  the  performance  of  each  segment.  The  fiscal  2019  and  2018  segment  information  has  been  recast  to 
conform  to  the  current  presentation.  The  reclassification  did  not  impact  our  reported  Consolidated  Net  Revenue  or  Income 
Before Income Taxes.

92

 
 
 
Table of Contents

The following summarizes financial results by reportable segment: 

Net Revenue - United States:

Patient Support Systems

Front Line Care

Surgical Solutions

Total net revenue - United States

Net Revenue - Outside of the United States (“OUS”):

Patient Support Systems

Front Line Care

Surgical Solutions

Total net revenue - OUS

Net Revenue:

Patient Support Systems

Front Line Care

Surgical Solutions

Total net revenue

Divisional income:

Patient Support Systems

Front Line Care

Surgical Solutions

Other operating costs:

Non-allocated operating costs, administrative costs, and other

Special charges

Operating profit

Interest expense

Loss on extinguishment of debt
Investment income and other, net

Income before income taxes

Depreciation and amortization of property, plant, equipment and intangibles:

Patient Support Systems 

Front Line Care

Surgical Solutions

Corporate

Total depreciation and amortization of property, plant, equipment and 
intangibles

93

Year Ended September 30

2020

2019

2018

$ 

1,133.6  $ 

1,135.0  $ 

1,054.6 

707.4 

125.8 

700.6 

221.2 

680.3 

221.5 

$ 

1,966.8  $ 

2,056.8  $ 

1,956.4 

$ 

405.5  $ 

355.5  $ 

317.6 

191.1 

277.5 

217.5 

$ 

914.2  $ 

850.5  $ 

374.9 

279.9 

236.8 

891.6 

$ 

1,539.1  $ 

1,490.5  $ 

1,429.5 

1,025.0 

316.9 

978.1 

438.7 

960.2 

458.3 

$ 

2,881.0  $ 

2,907.3  $ 

2,848.0 

$ 

332.3  $ 

299.9  $ 

301.8 

39.5 

266.4 

61.2 

264.4 

41.5 

283.0 

28.4 

$ 

367.7  $ 

316.1  $ 

(74.0)   

(15.6)   
(6.9)   

(89.6)   

(3.3)   
(14.6)   

285.0 

253.0 

53.1 

224.1 

77.6 

289.4 

(95.0) 

— 
2.8 

$ 

271.2  $ 

208.6  $ 

197.2 

$ 

43.5  $ 

36.2  $ 

95.4 

7.4 

32.5 

101.9 

28.4 

28.3 

37.4 

110.7 

20.8 

27.6 

$ 

178.8  $ 

194.8  $ 

196.5 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Geographic Information

Geographic data for net revenue and long-lived assets were as follows:

Year Ended September 30
2019

2018

2020

Net revenue to unaffiliated customers:

United States
Foreign
Total net revenue
Long-lived assets: 

United States
Foreign

Total long-lived assets

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,966.8  $ 
914.2 
2,881.0  $ 

2,056.8  $ 
850.5 
2,907.3  $ 

1,956.4 
891.6 
2,848.0 

222.7  $ 
83.4 
306.1  $ 

212.5  $ 
84.3 
296.8  $ 

239.5 
88.8 
328.3 

Net revenue in the above table is attributed to geographic areas based on the location of the customer.

Note 15. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

The following table presents selected consolidated financial data by quarter for the fiscal years ended 2020 and 2019.

2020 Quarter Ended

Net Revenue

Operating Profit

Net Income

Net Income per Basic Common Share

Net Income per Diluted Common Share

2019 Quarter Ended

Net Revenue

Operating Profit
Net Income

Net Income per Basic Common Share
Net Income per Diluted Common Share

December 31,
2019

March 31,
2020

June 30,
2020

September 30,
2020

$ 

685.0  $ 

723.2  $ 

767.5  $ 

705.3 

78.9 

39.8 

0.60 

0.59 

87.3 

46.9 

0.70 

0.70 

135.3 

93.9 

1.41 

1.40 

66.2 

42.4 

0.64 

0.63 

December 31,
2018

March 31,
2019

June 30,
2019

September 30,
2019

$ 

683.5  $ 

714.2  $ 

726.8  $ 

782.8 

70.8 
42.2 

0.63 
0.62 

81.3 
49.5 

0.74 
0.74 

69.9 
32.6 

0.49 
0.48 

94.1 
27.9 

0.42 
0.41 

94

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Note 16. Commitments and Contingencies

General

We are subject to various other claims and contingencies arising out of the normal course of business, including those relating 
to governmental investigations and proceedings, commercial transactions, product liability, employee related matters, antitrust, 
safety, health, taxes, environmental and other matters. Litigation is subject to many uncertainties and the outcome of individual 
litigated matters is not predictable with assurance. It is possible that some litigation matters for which reserves have not been 
established could be decided unfavorably to us, and that any such unfavorable decisions could have a material adverse effect on 
our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Self Insurance

We  are  involved  in  various  claims,  including  product  and  general  liability,  workers’  compensation,  auto  liability  and 
employment related matters. Such claims in the United States have deductibles and self-insured retentions at various limits up 
to $1.0 million per occurrence or per claim, depending upon the type of coverage and policy period. International deductibles 
and  self-insured  retentions  are  lower.  We  are  also  generally  self-insured  up  to  certain  stop-loss  limits  for  certain  employee 
health benefits, including medical, drug and dental. Our policy is to estimate reserves based upon a number of factors including 
known  claims,  estimated  incurred  but  not  reported  claims  and  outside  actuarial  analysis,  which  are  based  on  historical 
information  along  with  certain  assumptions  about  future  events.  Such  estimated  reserves  are  classified  as  Other  current 
liabilities and Other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

95

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Fiscal years ended September 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 

(In millions)

ADDITIONS

BALANCE AS 
OF
BEGINNING
OF PERIOD

CHARGED TO
COSTS AND
EXPENSES

CHARGED TO
OTHER
ACCOUNTS

DEDUCTIONS
NET OF

RECOVERIES  

BALANCE
AS OF END
OF PERIOD

$ 

$ 

20.6  $ 
21.8 
25.1 

45.0  $ 
80.2 
58.2 

$ 

$ 

8.8 
5.0 
2.5 

4.6 
2.2 
23.1 

$ 

(0.3)  1
1
0.7 
0.2 

1

(3.2)  2
(6.9)  2
(6.0)  2

$ 

3

3

0.5 
4.5 
— 

0.7 
(41.9)  4
(1.1) 

$ 

$ 

25.9 
20.6 
21.8 

50.8 
45.0 
80.2 

DESCRIPTION

Reserves deducted from 
assets to which they apply:

Allowance for possible 
losses and sales returns - 
accounts receivable:

Fiscal Year Ended:

September 30, 2020
September 30, 2019
September 30, 2018

Valuation allowance against 
deferred tax assets:

Fiscal Year Ended:

September 30, 2020
September 30, 2019
September 30, 2018

1  Reduction  of  gross  revenue  for  uncollectible  health  care  rental  reimbursements,  cash  discounts  and  other  adjustments  in 
determining net revenue. Also includes the effect of acquired businesses, if any.

2 Generally reflects the write-off of specific receivables against recorded reserves.

3 Generally reflects the effect of acquired businesses, if any.

4 Primarily reflects utilization of valuation allowance as a result of forfeitures on net operating losses.

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Item 9. 

None.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING 
AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Item 9A. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our  management,  with  the  supervision  and  participation  of  our  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  our  Senior  Vice 
President and Chief Financial Officer (the “Certifying Officers”), has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of 
our disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2020. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure 
that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  the  reports  we  file  or  submit  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as 
amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and 
such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  management,  including  our  Certifying  Officers  and  our  Board,  as 
appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Based upon that evaluation, the Certifying Officers concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of 
September 30, 2020.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The report of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 
2020 and the related report of our independent registered public accounting firm, are included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There  have  been  no  changes  to  our  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  for  the  quarter  ended  September  30,  2020. 
Management’s report on our internal control over financial reporting is included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Item 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION

None.

97

 
Table of Contents

Item 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

PART III

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed 
with  the  SEC  in  January  2021  relating  to  our  2021  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  (the  “2021  Proxy 
Statement”),  under  the  headings  “Election  of  Directors,”  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting 
Compliance,” and “Corporate Governance.” Information relating to our executive officers is included in this 
Form 10-K in Part I, Item 1 under the caption “Executive Officers.”

Item 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the 2021 Proxy Statement, under 
the heading “Executive Compensation.”

Item 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the 2021 Proxy Statement, under 
the  headings  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management”  and  “Equity 
Compensation Plan Information.”

Item 13. 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR   
INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the 2021 Proxy Statement, where 
such information is included under the heading “Corporate Governance.”

Item 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the 2021 Proxy Statement, where 
such  information  is  included  under  the  heading  “Proposals  Requiring  Your  Vote  -  Ratification  of 
Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

98

Table of Contents

Item 15. 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

PART IV

(a) The following documents have been filed as a part of this Form 10-K or, where noted, incorporated by reference:

(1) Financial Statements

The  financial  statements  of  the  Company  and  its  consolidated  subsidiaries  are  listed  under  Part  II,  Item  8  on  the 
Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

The financial statement schedule filed in response to Part II, Item 8 and Part IV, Item 15(c) of Form 10-K is listed 
under Part II, Item 8 on the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3) Exhibits (See changes to Exhibit Index below):

“The  Exhibit Index, which follows the signature page to this Form 10-K and is hereby incorporated herein by 
reference, sets forth a list of those exhibits filed herewith, and includes and identifies management contracts or 
compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this Form 10-K by Item 601 (b)(10)(iii) of 
Regulation S-K.”

The agreements included as exhibits to this Form 10-K are intended to provide information regarding their terms 
and not to provide any other factual or disclosure information about us or the other parties to the agreements. The 
agreements may contain representations and warranties by the parties to the agreements, including us, solely for 
the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement. Such representation and warranties:

•

should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating 
the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate;

• may  have  been  qualified  by  disclosures  that  were  made  to  the  other  party  in  connection  with  the 
negotiation  of  the  applicable  agreement,  which  disclosures  are  not  necessarily  reflected  in  the 
agreement;

• may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to 

•

certain investors; and
were  made  only  as  of  the  date  of  the  applicable  agreement  or  such  other  date  or  dates  as  may  be 
specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments.

Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they 
were made or at any other time.

99

Table of Contents

HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Management contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements are designated with “*”.

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

Restated and Amended Articles of Incorporation of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., as currently in effect (Incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 filed with the Company’s Form 8-K dated March 10, 2010)

Amended and Restated Code of By-laws of Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., as currently in effect (Incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 3.1 filed with the Company’s Form 8-K dated November 6, 2020)

Indenture dated as of December 1, 1991, between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Union Bank, N.A. (as successor to 
LaSalle  Bank  National  Association  and  Harris  Trust  and  Savings  Bank)  as  Trustee  (Incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit (4) (a) to Registration Statement on Form S-3, Registration No. 33-44086)

Indenture  dated  as  of  February  14,  2017,  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.,  the  guarantors  party  thereto,  and 
MUFG Union Bank, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K 
dated February 14, 2017)

First Supplemental Indenture dated May 12, 2017, among Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., the guarantors party thereto, 
and MUFG Union Bank, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Form 
10-K dated November 17, 2017)

Indenture, dated September 19, 2019, among Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto, and 
Citibank,  N.A.,  as  Trustee  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Company’s  Form  8-K  dated 
September 19, 2019)

First  Supplemental  Indenture  dated  October  16,  2019,  among  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.,  the  guarantors  party 
thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Form 10-
K dated November 15, 2019)

Second Supplemental Indenture dated May 3, 2019, among Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., the guarantors party thereto, 
and MUFG Union Bank, N.A., as Trustee

Third  Supplemental  Indenture  dated  October  16,  2019,  among  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.,  the  guarantors  party 
thereto,  and  MUFG  Union  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Trustee    (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.10  to  the 
Company’s Form 10-K dated November 15, 2019)

4.8

Description of Securities

*10.1

Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  Board  of  Directors’  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.10 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q dated July 13, 2001)

*10.2

Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  Director  Phantom  Stock  Plan  and  form  of  award  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.11 filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q dated July 13, 2001) 

*10.3

Form  of  Director  Indemnity  Agreement  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.6  filed  with  the 
Company’s Form 10-K dated December 23, 2003)

*10.4

Form  of  Indemnity  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  certain  executive  officers  (Incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K dated December 23, 2003)

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

*10.5

Amended and Restated Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, as currently in effect (Incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.30 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K dated November 24, 2009)

*10.6

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Compensation Plan

*10.7

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.69 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K dated November 16, 2011)

*10.8

Form  of  Indemnity  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  certain  executive  officers  (Incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K dated November 16, 2011)

*10.9

Form  of  Limited  Recapture  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  certain  of  its  officers,  including 
Named Executive Officers (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 filed with the Company’s Form 10-K 
dated November 20, 2013)

*10.10

FY  2016  Non-Employee  Director  Compensation  Policy  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.31  filed 
with the Company’s Form 10-K dated November 19, 2015)

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

Credit  Agreement  dated  as  of  August  30,  2019  among  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc,  Welch  Allyn,  Inc.,  the  other 
borrowers  from  time  to  time  party  thereto,  the  lenders  party  thereto  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as 
Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 the Company's Form 
8-K dated August 30, 2019)

Loan  and  Security  Agreement  dated  May  5,  2017,  among  Hill-Rom  Finance  Company  LLC,  as  Borrower,  the 
persons from time to time party hereto, as lenders and as Group Agents, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., 
as  Administrative  Agent,  and  Hill-Rom  Company,  Inc.,  as  initial  Servicer  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated May 5, 2017)

Purchase  and  Sale  Agreement  dated  May  5,  2017,  among  Hill-Rom  Company,  Inc.,  as  an  originator  and  as 
servicer, other originators from time to time party hereto, as originators, and Hill-Rom Finance Company LLC, as 
Buyer (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated May 5, 2017)

Performance Guaranty dated May 5, 2017, between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., the Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, 
Ltd., as administrative agent, for and on behalf of the Credit Parties and other Secured Parties from time to time 
under  the  Loan  and  Security  Agreement,  dated  as  of  the  date  hereof,  among  Hill-Rom  Finance  Company  LLC, 
Hill-Rom  Company,  Inc.,  as  initial  servicer,  the  Administrative  Agent  and  BTMU  (Incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated May 5, 2017)

*10.15

Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated as of July 1, 2017 (Incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Company's Form 10-K dated November 16, 2018)

*10.16

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for employees hired prior to August 1, 2016, under the Amended 
and Restated Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.’s Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to 
the Company’s Form 10-K dated November 17, 2017)

*10.17

Form  of  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  for  employees  hired  on  and  after  August  1,  2016,  under  the 
Amended  and  Restated  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.’s  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Form 10-K dated November 17, 2017)

*10.18

Form  of  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  (CEO  version),  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Hill-Rom 
Holdings, Inc.’s Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Form 
10-K dated November 17, 2017)

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

*10.19

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for employees hired prior to August 1, 2016, under the Amended 
and Restated Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.’s Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to 
the Company’s Form 10-K dated November 17, 2017)

*10.20

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  for  employees  hired  on  and  after  August  1,  2016,  under  the 
Amended  and  Restated  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.’s  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Form 10-K dated November 17, 2017)

*10.21

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  (CEO  version),  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Hill-Rom 
Holdings, Inc.’s Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Form 
10-K dated November 17, 2017)

*10.22

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for employees hired prior to August 1, 2016, 
under the Amended and Restated Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.’s Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.36 to the Company’s Form 10-K dated November 17, 2017)

*10.23

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for employees hired on and after August 1, 
2016,  under  the  Amended  and  Restated  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.’s  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (Incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s Form 10-K dated November 17, 2017)

*10.24

Form  of  Performance-Based  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Award  Agreement  (CEO  version),  under  the  Amended  and 
Restated Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc.’s Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the 
Company’s Form 10-K dated November 17, 2017)

10.25

10.26

10.27

10.28

10.29

10.30

10.31

Amendment No. 1 to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2018, among Hill-Rom Company, Inc., as 
initial servicer, Hill-Rom Finance Company LLC, as borrower, and MUFG Bank, Ltd., (f/k/a The Bank of Tokyo-
Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.), as Group Agent, as Committed Lender and as Administrative Agent (Incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated May 4, 2018)

Amendment No. 1 to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2018, among Hill-Rom Company, Inc., as 
initial  servicer,  each  of  the  Originators  party  to  the  Purchase  and  Sale  Agreement,  as  originators,  and  Hill-Rom 
Finance Company LLC, as buyer (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K 
dated May 4, 2018)

Master  Framework  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  4,  2018,  by  and  among  MUFG  Bank,  Ltd.,  as  buyer,  Hill-Rom 
Company, Inc., Hill-Rom Manufacturing, Inc., and each additional seller from time to time party thereto, as sellers, 
and  Hill-Rom  Company,  as  agent  for  the  sellers  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  to  the 
Company’s Form 8-K dated May 4, 2018)

1996 SIFMA Master Repurchase Agreement, including Annex I thereto, (as amended thereby), dated as of May 4, 
2018, between Hill-Rom Company, Inc. and MUFG Bank, Ltd (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to 
the Company’s Form 8-K dated May 4, 2018)

1996 SIFMA Master Repurchase Agreement, including Annex I thereto, (as amended thereby), dated as of May 4, 
2018, between Hill-Rom Manufacturing, Inc. and MUFG Bank, Ltd (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated May 4, 2018)

Guaranty, dated as of May 4, 2018, between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc., and MUFG Bank, Ltd., as buyer under the 
Master Framework Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated 
May 4, 2018)

Amendment No. 3 to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2019, among Hill-Rom Company, Inc., as 
initial servicer, Hill-Rom Finance Company LLC, as borrower, and MUFG Bank, Ltd., (f/k/a The Bank of Tokyo-
Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.), as Group Agent, as Committed Lender and as Administrative Agent (Incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K dated May 3, 2019)

102

Table of Contents

10.32

Amendment No. 1 to Master Framework Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2019, by and among MUFG Bank, Ltd., 
as  buyer,  Hill-Rom  Company,  Inc.,  Hill-Rom  Manufacturing,  Inc.,  and  each  additional  seller  from  time  to  time 
party  thereto,  as  sellers,  and  Hill-Rom  Company,  as  agent  for  the  sellers  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 8-K dated May 3, 2019)

*10.33

Letter  Agreement  executed  March  21,  2018  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Richard  M.  Wagner 
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with the Company's Form 8-K dated May 10, 2018)

*10.34

*10.35

*10.36

*10.37

*10.38

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and John P. Groetelaars dated 
November  16,  2018  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.43  to  the  Company's  Form  10-K  dated 
November 16, 2018)

Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Deborah  Rasin  dated 
November  16,  2018  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.44  to  the  Company's  Form  10-K  dated 
November 16, 2018)

Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and John P. Groetelaars 
dated November 16, 2018 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the Company's Form 10-K dated 
November 16, 2018)

Change  in  Control  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Barbara  Bodem  with  an  effective  date  of 
December 3, 2018 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Form 8-K dated November 
27, 2018)

Form  of  Amended  and  Restated  Change  in  Control  Agreement  dated  November  16,  2018,  between  Hill-Rom 
Holdings, Inc. and certain of its officers, including Messrs. Amy Dodrill, Mary Kay Ladone, Andreas Frank, Paul 
Johnson, Kenneth Meyers, Richard Wagner, and Ms. Deborah Rasin (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 
10.48 to the Company's Form 10-K dated November 16, 2018)

*10.39

Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Andreas  Frank  dated 
November  16,  2018  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.49  to  the  Company's  Form  10-K  dated 
November 16, 2018)

*10.40

Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Paul  Johnson  dated 
November  16,  2018  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.50  to  the  Company's  Form  10-K  dated 
November 16, 2018)

*10.41

Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Kenneth  Meyers  dated 
November  16,  2018  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.51  to  the  Company's  Form  10-K  dated 
November 16, 2018)

10.42

Residential  Lease  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Andreas  Frank  dated  May  1,  2019 
(Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q dated August 2, 2019)

*10.43

Employment  Agreement  between  Hill-Rom  Holdings,  Inc.  and  Mary  Kay  Ladone  with  an  effective  date  of 
December 3, 2018

*10.44

Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Barbara Bodem with an effective date of December 
3, 2018 (Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Form 8-K dated November 27, 2018)

*10.45

Employment Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and Amy Dodrill with an effective date of June 1, 2019

10.46

Amendment No. 4 to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2020, among Hill-Rom Company, Inc., 
as initial servicer, Hill-Rom Finance Company LLC, as borrower, and MUFG Bank, Ltd., (f/k/a The Bank of 
Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.), as Group Agent, as Committed Lender and as Administrative Agent (Incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed with the Company's Form 8-K dated April 27, 2020)

103

Table of Contents

10.47

10.48

10.49

Amendment No. 2 to Master Framework Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2020, by and among MUFG Bank, Ltd., 
as  buyer,  Hill-Rom  Company,  Inc.,  Hill-Rom  Manufacturing,  Inc.,  and  each  additional  seller  from  time  to  time 
party  thereto,  as  sellers,  and  Hill-Rom  Company,  as  agent  for  the  sellers  (Incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.2 filed with the Company's Form 8-K dated April 27, 2020)

Amendment  No.  1  to  Hill-Rom  Company  Master  Repurchase  Agreement,  dated  as  of  April  27,  2020,  by  and 
among MUFG Bank, Ltd., as buyer, and Hill-Rom Company, Inc., as seller (Incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.3 filed with the Company's Form 8-K dated April 27, 2020)

Amendment No. 1 to Hill-Rom Manufacturing Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2020, by and 
among MUFG Bank, Ltd., as buyer, and Hill-Rom Manufacturing, Inc., as seller (Incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.4 filed with the Company's Form 8-K dated April 27, 2020)

*10.50

Form of Addendum to Form of Limited Recapture Agreement between Hill-Rom Holdings, Inc. and certain of its 
officers, including Named Executive Officers

21

23

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

32.1

32.2

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB

Inline XBRL Extension Labels Linkbase Document

101.PRE

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL document and contained in Exhibit 101)

104

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

HILL-ROM HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

/s/ John P. Groetelaars
John P. Groetelaars
President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: November 13, 2020 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  this  report  has  been  signed  below  by  the  following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

/s/

James R. Giertz
James R. Giertz
Director

/s/ William H. Kucheman
William H. Kucheman
Director

/s/

/s/

/s/

/s/

Ronald A. Malone
Ronald A. Malone
Director

Gregory J. Moore
Gregory J. Moore
Director

Nancy M. Schlichting
Nancy M. Schlichting
Director

Stacy Enxing Seng
Stacy Enxing Seng
Director

/s/ William G. Dempsey
William G. Dempsey
Chair of the Board

/s/

/s/

/s/

/s/

John P. Groetelaars
John P. Groetelaars
President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Barbara W. Bodem
Barbara W. Bodem
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Richard M. Wagner
Richard M. Wagner
Vice President — Controller and
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

Gary L. Ellis
Gary L. Ellis
Director

/s/ Mary Garrett
Mary Garrett
Director

/s/

Felicia F. Norwood
Felicia F. Norwood
Director

Date: November 13, 2020 

105